Xy Lanh Dien Loai Truot SMC LEFS Series 29012018105735

Electric Actuator ®
Slider Type Stroke variations expanded Motor parallel type RoHS

CC-Link direct input type/Series LECPMJ
NEW Screw lead: 20 mm (LEFS25), 24 mm (LEFS32),
30 mm (LEFS40) Support guide
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC) Type
Ball Screw Drive Series LEFS Size: 16, 25, 32, 40
Max. work load: 60 kg Max. speed: 1200 mm/s

Positioning repeatability: ±0.02 mm
Clean room specification
Clean room specification also available Motor parallel type 11-LEFS
Belt Drive Series LEFB Size: 16, 25, 32
Max. stroke:2000 mm
Max. speed: 2000 mm/s
AC Servo Motor Type

* Not applicable to UL.
Ball Screw Drive Series LEFS Size: 25, 32, 40
Improved high speed transfer ability Max. speed: mm/s 1500

High acceleration/deceleration: 20000 mm/s 2
Pulse input type Clean room specification

With internal absolute encoder (For LECSB/C/S) Motor parallel type
11-LEFS
Clean room specification also available
Belt Drive Series LEFB Size: 25, 32, 40

Max. stroke: 3000 mm
Max. acceleration/deceleration: 20000 mm/s 2
Motor bottom mounting type

Motor bottom mounting type also available
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Controller/Driver AC Servo Motor Driver

Servo Motor (24 VDC) * Not applicable to UL.
For Absolute encoder For Incremental encoder
Step data input type
Pulse input type Pulse input type/
Series LECP6/LECA6 (64 points positioning)
Series LECSB Positioning type
CC-Link direct input type CC-Link direct input type Series LECSA
Series LECPMJ * Series LECSC
Programless type SSCNET # type
Series LECP1 (14 points positioning) Series LECSS
Pulse input type

Series LECPA * Not applicable to CE.
Series LEF
CAT.ES100-87E
Series LEF
Compact Easy mounting of the body/Reduction in installation labor
Height/width dimensions reduced by approx. 50% Possible to mount the
* Compared with SMC LJ1 series
80 main body without
(Work load: 10 kg)
removing the external
cover etc.
40 90
Equipped with seal bands as standard
40
Covers the guide, ball screw and belt.

Prevents grease from splashing and
external foreign matter from entering.
LEFS16 LJ1H10
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC)

Ball Screw Drive/Series LEFS Size: 16, 25, 32, 40
Max. speed [mm/s]*

Model Lead (mm)
Step motor (Servo/24 VDC)
LEFS16 — 10 5 500 (For lead 10)
LEFS25 20 12 6 1000 (For lead 20)
LEFS32 24 16 8 1200 (For lead 24)
LEFS40 30 20 10 1200 (For lead 30)
Motor parallel type available!
* Except LECPA
Max. work load: 60
kg
otor mounting position can be selected
M
from two directions (Right or Left).
Top surface of table and motor are level.
0.02 mm
Workpiece
Positioning repeatability: ±
Right side
Positioning pin hole parallel
Table
Left side parallel

Slider type with
lower height
Height
Size Height (mm)

Non-magnetizing lock mechanism
(Option)
16 40
Ball screw Drop prevention in case of
25 48
power failure (Maintained)*
32 60 * The belt drive actuator LEFB cannot be used
vertically for applications.
40 68
Compatible motors Step motor

Step motor (Servo/24 VDC)
Servo motor
Work load
Ideal for transfer of high load at a

low speed
Servo motor (24 VDC)
Height
Stable at a high speed and silent

operation
Speed
Slider type with
lower height
Belt Drive/Series LEFB Size: 16, 25, 32
Max. stroke:2000 mm
Belt
1
Electric Actuator/Slider Type
AC Servo Motor
Ball Screw Drive/Series LEFS Size: 25, 32, 40
Max. speed [mm/s]

Model Lead (mm)
AC servo motor
LEFS25 20 12 6 1500
LEFS32 24 16 8 1500
LEFS40 30 20 10 1500
High output motor (100/200/400 W) AC servo motor
Improved high speed transfer ability

Step motor Motor parallel type available!
Work load
High acceleration/deceleration M
otor mounting position can be selected from two
directions (Right or Left).
compatible: 20000 mm/s2
Servo motor
Pulse input type
With internal absolute encoder Speed
(For LECSB/C/S)
Belt Drive/Series LEFB Size: 25, 32, 40
Max. speed: 2000 mm/s A workpiece does not interfere with the motor.
Max. stroke: 3000 mm

Max. acceleration/deceleration: 20000 mm/s 2
Workpiece
Motor bottom mounting type
Clean room specification Support Guide/Series LEFG

A support guide is designed to support work pieces with
Ball Screw Drive/Series 11-LEFS significant overhang.
• As the dimensions are the same as the LEF series body, installation
*1
ISO Class 4 (ISO14644-1)! is simple and contributes to a reduction in installation and assembly
labor.
• The standard equipped seal bands prevent grease from splashing
• Built-in vacuum piping and external foreign matter from entering.
• Possible to mount the main body without removing the
external cover etc. Application example
• Body-integrated linear guide specification
*1 Changes depending on the suction flow rate.
Refer to page 34 for details. LEF (Drive side)
Vacuum port
Caution Support guide
Va c u u m s u c t i o n After installing the actuator on

minimizes external Vacuum the drive side, perform the
particle generation suction alignment of the support guide.
from the ball screw However, when the mounting
and guide. flatness exceeds 0.1, install a
floating mechanism separately
on the workpiece installation
surface (table). For details, refer to page 169.
2A
Series LEF
Application Examples
Precise positioning Load and unload transfer of
of work pieces work pieces
Series Variations
Ball Screw Drive/Series LEFS
Lead
Type Size*1 Stroke (mm)*2
(mm)
5
16 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500
10
6
25 12 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600
Step motor
(Servo/24 VDC) 20
8
*3
Clean room compatible 32 16 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800
24
10
40 20 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1000
30
5
Servo motor 16 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500
(24 VDC) 10
6
*3
Clean room compatible 25 12 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600
20
6
25 12 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600
20
AC servo motor 8
*3 32 16 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800
Clean room compatible 24
10
40 20 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1000
30
*1 The nominal size based on force (equivalent to the air cylinder) during operation with ball screws.
*2 Please consult with SMC for non-standard strokes as they are produced as special orders.
*3 For clean room specification, refer to pages 53 and 135. Except lead 20, 24, 30 mm
Belt Drive/Series LEFB

Equivalent lead
Type Size*1 Stroke (mm)*2
(mm)
16 48 300, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000
Step motor
25 48 300, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1200, 1500, 1800, 2000
(Servo/24 VDC)
32 48 300, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1200, 1500, 1800, 2000
Servo motor 16 48 300, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000

(24 VDC) 25 48 300, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1200, 1500, 1800, 2000
25 54 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, (1100), 1200, (1300), (1400), 1500, (1600), (1700), (1800), (1900), 2000
AC servo motor 32 54 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, (1100), 1200, (1300), (1400), 1500, (1600), (1700), (1800), (1900), 2000, 2500
40 54 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, (1100), 1200, (1300), (1400), 1500, (1600), (1700), (1800), (1900), 2000, 2500, 3000
3
Pick and place Vertical transfer
Work load: Horizontal (kg) Work load: Vertical (kg) Speed (mm/s)
Page
10 20 30 40 50 60 10 20 30 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
27*3
107*3
Work load: Horizontal (kg)*3 Speed (mm/s)

Page
5 10 15 20 25 500 1000 1500 2000
27
*1 The size corresponds to the bore of the air cylinder with

an equivalent force. (For the ball screw drive)
*2 Please consult with SMC for non-standard strokes as they
119 are produced as special orders.
*3 T he belt drive actuator cannot be used vertically for
applications.
4
Step Data Input Type Series LECP6/LECA6
Simple Setting to Use Straight Away

Easy Mode for Simple Setting Step motor Servo motor
(Servo/24 VDC) (24 VDC)
If you want to use it right away, select “Easy Mode.” LECP6 LECA6
<When a PC is used>
Controller setting software
Move jog
Step data setting, test operation,
move jog and move for the
Start testing
constant rate can be set and
operated on one screen.
Step data
setting
Setting of jog Move for the

and speed of the constant rate
constant rate
<When a TB (teaching box) is used> Example of setting the step data Example of checking the operation status
 Simple screen without scrolling promotes 1st screen 1st screen
ease of setting and operating.
 Pick up an icon from the first screen to
select a function. 2nd screen 2nd screen
 Set up the step data Step Axis 1 Monitor Axis 1
and check the monitor Step No. 0 Step No. 1
Posn 123.45 mm
on the second screen. Posn 12.34 mm
Speed 100 mm/s Speed 10 mm/s
Operation status
It can be registered by “SET” after entering the values. can be checked.
Teaching box screen Step Axis 1 Step Axis 1

 Data can be set with position Step No. 0 Step No. 1
and speed. (Other conditions Posn 50.00 mm Posn 80.00 mm
are already set.) Speed 200 mm/s Speed 100 mm/s
5
Normal Mode for Detailed Setting
Select normal mode when detailed setting is required.
 Step data can be set in detail.  Parameters can be set.
 Signals and terminal status can be monitored.  JOG and constant rate movement, return to origin, test operation and testing of forced output can be performed.
<When a PC is used>
Controller setting software
 Step data setting, parameter
setting, monitor, teaching,
etc., are indicated in different
windows.
Step data
setup window
Parameter
setup window
Monitoring window
Teaching window
<When a TB (teaching box) is used> Menu Axis 1

Step data
 M ultiple step data can be Parameter Step Axis 1
stored in the teaching box, and Test Step No. Test DRV Axis 1
transferred to the controller. 0 Step No. 1
Main menu screen
 Continuous test operation by
Movement MOD Posn 123.45 mm Out mon Axis 1
Stop BUSY[ ]
up to 5 step data. Step data SVRE[ ]
setup screen
Test screen SETON[ ]
Teaching box screen
Monitoring screen
 Each function (step data setting,
test, monitor, etc.) can be
selected from the main menu.
The actuator and controller are provided as a set. (They can be ordered separately.)
Confirm that the combination of the controller and the actuator is correct.
<Check the following before use.>
q Check the actuator label for model number. This matches the controller.
w Check Parallel I/O configuration matches (NPN or PNP).
Actuator Controller
q
q w
6
Fieldbus Network
CC-Link Direct Input Type
Step Motor Controller
Series LECPMJ
CC-Link Ver. 1.10 compliant
External data import function
 The step data can be rewrite temporarily by feeding back external information to the PLC.
 64 or more data points can be defined with the 3 types of data import modes.
Operation example: The opening width of the electric gripper is changed appropriately according to the results of the measurement with the imaging camera.
Camera The workpiece with a

width of 50 mm comes in!
Let’s change the opening
Width: width of the electric
50 mm! PLC gripper to 51 mm!
Workpiece Open
Controller
The step data

51 mm 51 mm!
is changed
temporarily.
Conveyor
 3 types of data import modes

Single numeric parameter (Number of occupied stations: 1) Movement MOD (movement mode) and another parameter item are changed.
Half numeric parameters (Number of occupied stations: 2) Up to 6 parameter items are changed at once.
Full numeric parameters (Number of occupied stations: 4) Up to 12 parameter items are changed at once.
Position and speed can be monitored by the PLC touch panel (display).
Step data can be edited from the PLC touch panel (display). (Except in the case of the single numeric parameter)
Touch
PLC panel
Function that can be executed in each mode

Mode setting Single numeric parameter Half numeric parameters Full numeric parameters
Number of definable numerical data items 1 6 12
Number of occupied stations 1 2 4
Max. number of connectable controllers 42 32 16
Step no. defining operation v
Numerical data defining operation v
Monitor of position/speed v
Step data editing v
7
Fieldbus-compatible
Gateway (GW) Unit
Series LEC-G
Conversion unit for Fieldbus network and LEC serial communication
Applicable Fieldbus protocols:
Two methods of operation

Step data input: Operate using preset step data in the controller.
Numerical data input: The actuator operates using values such as position and speed from the PLC.
Values such as position, speed can be checked on the PLC.
PLC
Fieldbus
network
Gateway
(GW) unit Serial
communication
RS485 Up to 12 controllers
are connectable.
Applicable
Fieldbus protocols
Max. number of
connectable controllers
12 8 5 12
24 VDC Compatible controllers

for gateway unit Series LEC
Power supply
Compatible electric actuators
Electric gripper Electric slide table Electric actuator/ Electric actuator/

Series LEH Series LES Rod type Slider type Step motor Servo motor
Series LEY Series LEF controller controller
(Servo/24 VDC) (24 VDC)
Series LECP6 Series LECA6
Electric actuator/ Electric actuator/ Electric actuator/

Rotary table Miniature type Guide rod slider
Series LER Series LEP Series LEL
8
Programless Type Series LECP1
No Programming
Capable of setting up an electric actuator operation without using a PC or teaching box
Step motor
1 Setting position number 2 Setting a stop position 3 Registration (Servo/24 VDC)
LECP1
Setting a registered number Moving the actuator to a stop Registering the stop
for the stop position position using FORWARD and position using SET
Maximum 14 points REVERSE buttons button
Speed/Acceleration
16-level adjustment
Position
number
display Position SET button Speed
selecting adjustment
FORWARD switches
switch
and
REVERSE Acceleration
buttons adjustment
switches
Pulse Input Type Series LECPA

A
driver that uses pulse signals to allow positioning at any position.
The actuator can be controlled from the customers’ positioning unit.
Touch panel
Pulse signal
PLC
positioning
Electric actuator
unit
SeriesLEFS/LEFB
Step motor driver (Pulse input type)
Series LECPA
 Return-to-origin command signal

Enables automatic return-to-origin action.
 With force limit function (Pushing force/Gripping force operation available)

Pushing force/Positioning operation possible by switching signals.
9
Series LECP6/LECA6/LECP1/LECPA
Function
Step data input type Programless type Pulse input type
Item
LECP6/LECA6 LECP1 LECPA
Step data and • Input from controller setting software (PC) • Select using controller operation • Input from controller setting software (PC)
parameter setting • Input from teaching box buttons • Input from teaching box
• Input the numerical value from controller • Direct teaching • No “Position” setting required
setting software (PC) or teaching box • JOG teaching Position and speed set by pulse signal
Step data “position”
setting • Input the numerical value
• Direct teaching
• JOG teaching
Number of step data 64 points 14 points —
* *
Operation command (I/O signal) Step No. [IN ] input ⇒ [DRIVE] input Step No. [IN ] input only Pulse signal
Completion signal [INP] output [OUT*] output [INP] output
Setting Items
TB: Teaching box PC: Controller setting software
Easy Normal Step data

mode mode Pulse input type Programless type
Item Contents input type
LECPA LECP1*
TB PC TB·PC LECP6/LECA6
Movement MOD Selection of “absolute position” and “relative position”  V V Set at ABS/INC Fixed value (ABS)
Speed Transfer speed V V V Set in units of 1 mm/s Select from 16-level
[Position]: Target position No setting required Direct teaching
Position V V V Set in units of 0.01 mm
[Pushing]: Pushing start position JOG teaching
Acceleration/Deceleration Acceleration/deceleration during movement V V V Set in units of 1 mm/s 2
Select from 16-level
Step data Pushing force Rate of force during pushing operation V V V Set in units of 1% Set in units of 1% Select from 3-level (weak, medium, strong)
setting
(Excerpt) Trigger LV Target force during pushing operation  V V Set in units of 1% Set in units of 1% No setting required (same value as pushing force)
Pushing speed Speed during pushing operation  V V Set in units of 1 mm/s Set in units of 1 mm/s
Moving force Force during positioning operation  V V Set to 100% Set to (Different values for each actuator) %
Area output Conditions for area output signal to turn ON  V V Set in units of 0.01 mm Set in units of 0.01 mm
Set to (Different values for No setting required
[Position]: Width to the target position Set to 0.5 mm or more
In position  V V each actuator) or more
[Pushing]: How much it moves during pushing (Units: 0.01 mm)
(Units: 0.01 mm)
Stroke (+) + side limit of position   V Set in units of 0.01 mm Set in units of 0.01 mm
Stroke (−) − side limit of position   V Set in units of 0.01 mm Set in units of 0.01 mm
Parameter
setting ORIG direction Direction of the return to origin can be set.   V Compatible Compatible Compatible
(Excerpt)
ORIG speed Speed during return to origin   V Set in units of 1 mm/s Set in units of 1 mm/s
No setting required
ORIG ACC Acceleration during return to origin   V Set in units of 1 mm/s2 Set in units of 1 mm/s
Continuous operation at the Continuous operation at the Hold down MANUAL button
JOG V V V set speed can be tested while set speed can be tested while ( ) for uniform sending
the switch is being pressed. the switch is being pressed. (speed is specified value)
Operation at the set distance Operation at the set distance Press MANUAL button ( )
MOVE  V V and speed from the current and speed from the current once for sizing operation (speed,
position can be tested. position can be tested. sizing amount are specified values)
Test
Return to ORIG V V V Compatible Compatible Compatible
Operation of the specified V

Test drive V V (Continuous Compatible Not compatible Compatible
step data
operation)
Forced output ON/OFF of the output terminal can be tested.   V Compatible Compatible
Current position, speed,
DRV mon force and the specified step V V V Compatible Compatible
data can be monitored. Not compatible
Monitor
Current ON/OFF status of the
In/Out mon input and output terminal   V Compatible Compatible
can be monitored.
Status Alarm currently being generated can be confirmed. V V V Compatible Compatible Compatible (display alarm group)
ALM
ALM Log record Alarm generated in the past can be confirmed.   V Compatible Compatible
Step data and parameter
File Save/Load can be saved, forwarded   V Compatible Compatible Not compatible
and deleted.
Other Language Can be changed to Japanese or English. V V V Compatible Compatible
: Can be set from TB Ver. 2.** (The version information is displayed on the initial screen)
* Programless type LECP1 cannot be used with the teaching box and controller setting kit.
10
Series LEF
System Construction/General Purpose I/O

Provided by customer
Electric actuator/
Slider type
PLC
Power supply for I/O signal

24 VDC Note)
I/O cable Pages 79, 95

Controller type Part no.
LECP6/LECA6 LEC-CN5-m
LECP1 (Programless) LEC-CK4-m
Controller* Page 70
To CN5
To CN4
To CN3
To CN2
Programless type
To CN1
LECP1
Provided by customer Step data input type Page 89
Power supply for controller LECP6/LECA6 Note) The teaching box, controller setting kit
24 VDC Note) Page 71 and Touch Operator Interface cannot be
Power supply plug connected.
Note) W hen conformity to UL is (Accessory)
required, the electric actuator <Applicable cable size> Touch Operator Interface (Provided by customer)
and controller should be AWG20 (0.5 mm2) GP4501T/GP3500T
used with a UL1310 Class 2
Manufactured by Digital Electronics Corp.
power supply.
Actuator cable* Pages 77, 94 Cockpit parts can be
downloaded free via
Controller type Standard cable Robotic cable the Pro-face website.
LECP6 (Step data input type) LE-CP-m-S LE-CP-m Using cockpit parts
LECA6 (Step data input type) — LE-CA-m makes adjustment
from the Touch Ope
LECP1 (Programless type) LE-CP-m-S LE-CP-m
rator Interface possi
ble.
The * mark: Can be included in the “How to

Order” for the actuator.
Options
Teaching box Page 81 Controller setting kit Page 80

(With 3 m cable) Controller setting kit
LEC-T1-3JGm (Communication cable, conversion unit and USB cable are included.)
LEC-W2
Communication cable
(3 m)
Or
USB cable
(A-mini B type)
(0.3 m)
PC
Note) Cannot be used with the programless type (LECP1).
11
Electric Actuator
System Construction/Pulse Signal

Slider type
Page 102
PLC
Current limit resistor
LEC-PA-R-m
* The current limit resistor Power supply for I/O signal
is used when the pulse
24 VDC Note)
signal output of the posi-
tioning unit is open col-
lector output. For details, Note) W h e n c o n f o r m i t y t o U L i s
refer to page 102. required, the electric actuator
and driver should be used with a
UL1310 Class 2 power supply.
Driver* Page 96 I/O cable Page 102

Driver type Part no.
LECPA LEC-CL5-m
To CN5
To CN4
To CN3
To CN2
To CN1
Provided by customer Pulse input type
Power supply for driver LECPA
24 VDC Note)
Power supply plug (Accessory)
Note) W
hen conformity to UL is <Applicable cable size>
required, the electric AWG20 (0.5 mm2)
actuator and driver should
be used with a UL1310
Class 2 power supply.
Actuator cable* Page 101
Driver type Standard cable Robotic cable
LECPA (Pulse input type) LE-CP-m-S LE-CP-m
The * mark: Can be included in the “How to

Order” for the actuator.
Options
Teaching box Page 104 Controller setting software Page 103

(With 3 m cable) Communication cable (With conversion unit)
LEC-T1-3JGm and USB cable are included.
LEC-W2
Or
USB cable
(A-mini B type)
PC
12
Series LEF
System Construction/Fieldbus Network (CC-Link Direct Input Type)
Slider type
CC-Link direct input type
LECPMJ
Page 83
To CN5 CC-Link
PLC
Communication plug connector

Actuator cable Page 101  Straight type LEC-CMJ-S
Standard cable Robotic cable To CN3 T-branch type LEC-CMJ-T
LE-CP-m-S LE-CP-m
To CN4
To CN2
Provided by customer To CN1

Power supply for controller
24 VDC Note)
Note) When conformity to UL is
Power supply plug connector
required, the electric
actuator and controller (Accessory)
should be used with a <Applicable cable size>
UL1310 Class 2 power AWG20 (0.5 mm2)
supply.
Options
Teaching box Page 104 Controller setting kit Page 103

(With 3 m cable) (Communication cable, conversion unit and USB cable are included.)
LEC-T1-3JGm LEC-W2
(3 m)
Or
USB cable
(A-mini B type)
(0.3 m)
PC
13
Electric Actuator
System Construction/Fieldbus Network
Gateway (GW) unit Page 86 Options

PLC
(Provided by customer) Applicable Fieldbus protocols Controller setting software Page 103
CC-Link Ver. 2.0 (Communication cable and USB cable are included.)
Power supply for DeviceNet™ LEC-W2
gateway unit PROFIBUS DP
24 VDC Note 1) EtherNet/IP™
Fieldbus Power supply

network connector
Power To CN4
(Accessory) Communication
supply
cable
Communication
Page 86
connector To CN3
(Accessory)*
Communication cable * CC-Link Ver. 2.0
USB cable
PC
LEC-CG1-m To CN2 (A-mini B type) (Provided by customer)
DeviceNet™
Or
To CN1
Teaching box Page 104
Page 86 (With 3 m cable)
Cable between branches LEC-T1-3JGm
LEC-CG2-m
Terminating resistor
Branch connector Page 86
connector 120 Ω
LEC-CGD
LEC-CGR
Communication cable Page 86

LEC-CG1-m
Controller Page 71 Controller Page 71
Max. number of
Applicable Fieldbus protocols
connectable controllers
CC-Link Ver. 2.0 12
Power supply
To CN4 DeviceNet™ 8
connector
(Accessory) PROFIBUS DP 5
Power supply EtherNet/IP™ 12
connector
(Accessory) To CN1 To CN1 Compatible Controller
Controller input Controller input Step motor controller
(Servo/24 VDC)
Series LECP6
power supply Note 1) power supply Note 1)
Servo motor controller
(24 VDC)
Series LECA6
Note 1) Connect the 0 V terminals for both the

controller input power supply and gateway
unit power supply.
When conformity to UL is required, the
Electric actuator/ electric actuator and controller should be
used with a UL1310 Class 2 power
Slider type supply.
14
Series LEF
AC Servo Motor Driver Series LECS m
Series LECSm List

Compatible motor Application/ Compatible
Control method
(100/200 VAC) Function option
Series
Note 1) Network Note 2) Setup
100 W 200 W 400 W Positioning Pulse direct Synchronous software
input LEC-MR-SETUP221
Incremental Type
Up to
7 points
LECSA
(Pulse input type/
Positioning type)
LECSB
(Pulse input type)
Absolute Type
Up to CC-Link
255 points Ver. 1.10
LECSC
(CC-Link direct input type)
SSCNET #
LECSS
(SSCNET # type)
Compatible with Mitsubishi
Electric’s servo system controller network
Note 1) For positioning type, setting needs to be changed to use with maximum set values.
Setup software (MR Configurator) LEC-MR-SETUP221 is required.
Note 2) Available when the Mitsubishi motion controller is used for the master equipment.
15
Electric Actuator
AC Servo Motor Driver Series LECS m
Servo adjustment using auto gain tuning
Auto resonant filter function

Settling
Speed
Speed
• Control the difference between time Settling
command value and actual action. time
* High-speed positioning is possible
since gains etc., are adjusted
automatically! Time Time
Auto damping control function

• Automatically suppress low
frequency machine vibrations
(up to 100 Hz).
* Can be set automatically by auto
tuning.
With display setting function
One-touch adjustment button Display

One-touch servo adjustment Display the monitor,
parameter and alarm.
Display
Display the monitor, Settings
parameter and alarm.
Set parameters and
Settings monitor display, etc.,
Set parameters and with push buttons.
monitor display, etc.,
with push buttons.
LECSA (With the front cover open)
LECSB
Display Display
Display the communication Display the communication
status with the driver, the status with the driver and
alarm and the point table the alarm.
No.
Settings
Settings
Switches for selecting
Control Baud rate, station axis and switching to
number and the occupied (With the front cover open) (With the front cover open)
the test operation
station count. LECSC LECSS
16
Series LEF
System Construction
Incremental encoder compatible Series LECSA Provided by customer Option
(Pulse input type/Positioning type)
Control circuit Setup software Page 165
Main circuit Page 158 power supply
24 VDC (MR ConfiguratorTM)
Provided by customer power supply Driver
connector LEC-MR-SETUP221m
Power supply (Accessory)
Single phase 1 00 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz)
200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Option Page 164 PC

Control Page 158
Regeneration option circuit power * Order USB cable (LEC-MR-
LEC-MR-RB-m supply connector J3USB) separately to use this
(Accessory) software.
Motor cable Page 164

Standard cable Robotic cable USB cable Page 165
LE-CSM-Smm LE-CSM-Rmm LEC-MR-J3USB
Lock cable Page 164
Standard cable Robotic cable
LE-CSB-Smm LE-CSB-Rmm
Option Page 164
Electric actuator I/O connector
Linear guide type Pages 123, 141 LE-CSNA
Ball screw drive Belt drive
Series LEFS Series LEFB
PLC (Positioning unit)
Power supply
Encoder cable Page 164 for I/O signal
Standard cable Robotic cable 24 VDC
LE-CSE-Smm LE-CSE-Rmm
Absolute encoder compatible Series LECSB USB cable Page 165 Option
(Pulse input type) Driver LEC-MR-J3USB
Provided by customer Main circuit Page 159
power supply Setup software Page 165
Power supply connector (MR ConfiguratorTM)
Single phase 1 00 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz) (Accessory) LEC-MR-SETUP221m
200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Three phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Analog
Option Page 164 monitor
Regeneration option output
LEC-MR-RB-m PC
RS-422
* Order USB cable (LEC-MR-
communication J3USB) separately to use
Motor cable Page 164 this software.
LE-CSM-Smm LE-CSM-Rmm Control
Lock cable Page 164 circuit power
supply connector Page 159
(Accessory)
Option Page 164
Electric actuator I/O connector
Linear guide type Pages 123, 141 Motor Page 159 LE-CSNB
Ball screw drive Belt drive connector
Series LEFS Series LEFB (Accessory) Provided by
customer
PLC (Positioning unit)
Power supply
for I/O signal
Encoder cable Page 164 Page 165 24 VDC
Standard cable Robotic cable Battery (Accessory)
LE-CSE-Smm LE-CSE-Rmm (LEC-MR-J3BAT)
17
Electric Actuator
System Construction
Absolute encoder compatible Series LECSC Driver
Provided by customer Main circuit Page 159 USB cable Page 165 Option
power supply LEC-MR-J3USB
Power supply connector
Single phase 1 00 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz) (Accessory) Setup software Page 165
200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz) (MR ConfiguratorTM)
Three phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz) LEC-MR-SETUP221
Option Page 164

RS-422
Regeneration option communication
LEC-MR-RB-m
PC
Motor cable Page 164
Standard cable Robotic cable CC-Link connector
LE-CSM-Smm LE-CSM-Rmm
Control circuit Page 159 (Accessory)
power supply connector
Lock cable Page 164 (Accessory)
Option Page 164
Electric actuator Motor Page 159 I/O connector
Linear guide type Pages 123, 141 connector LE-CSNA
Ball screw drive Belt drive (Accessory) Provided by
Series LEFS Series LEFB customer
PLC (CC-Link master unit)
Page 165 Power supply
Battery (Accessory) for I/O signal
Encoder cable Page 164 (LEC-MR-J3BAT) 24 VDC
Absolute encoder compatible Series LECSS USB cable Page 165 Option
(SSCNET # type)
LEC-MR-J3USB
Driver Setup software Page 165
Provided by customer Main circuit Page 159 (MR ConfiguratorTM)
power supply
Power supply connector LEC-MR-SETUP221
Single phase 1 00 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz) (Accessory)
200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Option Page 164 PC

Regeneration option
LEC-MR-RB-m
Option
Motor cable Page 164 I/O connector Page 164
Standard cable Robotic cable LE-CSNS
LE-CSM-Smm LE-CSM-Rmm
Control circuit Page 159
Lock cable Page 164 CN1A
power supply connector
(Accessory)
LE-CSB-Smm LE-CSB-Rmm CN1B
CN1A
Electric actuator
Linear guide type Pages 123, 141 Motor Page 159
connector Option Page 164
Ball screw drive Belt drive
Series LEFS Series LEFB (Accessory) SSCNET #
optical cable Provided
LE-CSS- by
customer
Page 165 PLC (Positioning unit/Motion controller)
Encoder cable Page 164 Battery (Accessory) Power supply

(LEC-MR-J3BAT) for I/O signal
24 VDC
18
SMC Electric Actuator
Slider Type Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC) AC Servo Motor
Ball screw drive Belt drive Ball screw drive Belt drive
Series LEFS Series LEFB Series LEFS Series LEFB
Clean room compatible Clean room compatible
CAT.ES100-87
Series LEFS Series LEFB Series LEFS Series LEFB
Max. work load Stroke Max. work load Stroke Max. work load Stroke Max. work load Stroke
Size Size Size Size
(kg) (mm) (kg) (mm) (kg) (mm) (kg) (mm)
16 10 Up to 400 16 1 Up to 1000 25 20 Up to 600 25 5 Up to 2000
40 60 Up to 1000
High Rigidity Slider Type AC Servo Motor Guide Rod Slider Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC)
Ball screw drive Belt drive Belt drive
Series LEJS Series LEJB Series LEL
Clean room compatible
CAT.ES100-104 CAT.E102
Series LEL25M Series LEL25L

Series LEJS Series LEJB Sliding bearing Ball bushing bearing
Max. work Stroke Max. work Stroke Max. work Stroke Max. work Stroke
Size Size Size Size
load (kg) (mm) load (kg) (mm) load (kg) (mm) load (kg) (mm)
40 55 200 to 1200 40 20 200 to 2000 25 3 Up to 1000 25 5 Up to 1000
63 85 300 to 1500 63 30 300 to 3000
Low Profile Slider Type Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC)

Basic type Cam follower guide type Linear guide single axis type Linear guide double axis type
Series LEMB Series LEMC Series LEMH Series LEMHT
CAT.ES100-98
Series LEMB Series LEMC Series LEMH Series LEMHT
Max. work load Stroke Max. work load Stroke Max. work load Stroke Max. work load Stroke
Size Size Size Size
(kg) (mm) (kg) (mm) (kg) (mm) (kg) (mm)
19
Rod Type Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC)
Basic type In-line motor type Guide rod type Guide rod type
Series LEY Series LEYlD Series LEYG /In-line motor type
Dust/Drip proof compatible Dust/Drip proof compatible Series LEYGlD
CAT.E102
Series LEY Series LEYG
Pushing force Stroke Pushing force Stroke

Size Size
(N) (mm) (N) (mm)
16 141 Up to 300 16 141 Up to 200
25 452 Up to 400 25 452 Up to 300
32 707 Up to 500 32 707 Up to 300
40 1058 Up to 500 40 1058 Up to 300
AC Servo Motor
Basic type In-line motor type Guide rod type Guide rod type
Series LEY Series LEYlD Series LEYG /In-line motor type
Series LEYGlD
Dust/Drip proof compatible Dust/Drip proof compatible
Series LEY Series LEY Series LEYG Series LEYG
Pushing force Stroke Pushing force Stroke Pushing force Stroke Pushing force Stroke
Size Size Size Size
(N) (mm) (N) (mm) (N) (mm) (N) (mm)
25 485 Up to 400 25 485 Up to 400 25 485 25 485
300 300
32 588 Up to 500 32 736 Up to 500 32 588 32 736
63 1910 Up to 800
Slide Table Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC)
Series LES Series LESH
Basic type/R type Symmetrical type/L type Basic type/R type Symmetrical type/L type
Series LESlR Series LESlL Series LESHlR Series LESHlL
CAT.E102
Max. work load Stroke In-line motor type/D type Max. work load Stroke In-line motor type/D type
Size Series LESlD Size Series LESHlD
(kg) (mm) (kg) (mm)
8 1 30, 50, 75 8 2 50, 75
30, 50 16 6 50, 100
16 3
75, 100 50, 100
25 9
30, 50, 75 150
25 5
100, 125, 150
Miniature Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Rotary Table Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC)
Rod type Slide table type Basic type High precision type
Series LEPY Series LEPS Series LER Series LERH
CAT.E102 CAT.E102
Series LER
Series LEPY Series LEPS Rotating torque (N·m) Max. speed (°/s)
Size
Max. work load Stroke Max. work load Stroke Basic High torque Basic High torque
Size Size
(kg) (mm) (kg) (mm) 10 0.22 0.32
6 1 6 1 25 30 0.8 1.2 420 280
25, 50, 75
10 2 10 2 50 50 6.6 10
20
Gripper Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC)
2-finger type 2-finger type 2-finger type 3-finger type
Series LEHZ With dust cover Long stroke Series LEHS
Series LEHZJ Series LEHF
CAT.E102
Series LEHZ Series LEHZJ Series LEHF Series LEHS

Max. gripping force (N) Stroke/both Max. gripping force (N) Stroke/both Max. gripping Stroke/both Max. gripping force (N) Stroke/
Size Size Size Size
Basic Compact sides (mm) Basic Compact sides (mm) force (N) sides (mm) Basic Compact diameter (mm)
10 6 4 10 6 4 10 7 16 (32) 10 5.5 3.5 4
14 14
16 8 6 16 8 6 20 28 24 (48) 20 22 17 6
20 10 20 10 32 120 32 (64) 32 90 — 8
40 28 40 28
25 14 25 14 40 180 40 (80) 40 130 — 12
32 130 — 22 Note) ( ): Long stroke
40 210 — 30
Controller/Driver
Controller
Step data input type Step data input type Programless type Programless type Pulse input type
For step motor For servo motor Series LECP1 (With stroke study) Series LECPA
Series LECP6 Series LECA6 Series LECP2
Control motor Control motor Control motor Control motor Control motor
Step motor Servo motor Step motor Step motor Step motor
(Servo/24 VDC) (24 VDC) (Servo/24 VDC) (Servo/24 VDC) (Servo/24 VDC)
Fieldbus Network
CC-Link direct input type Gateway (GW) unit
Series LECPMJ Series LEC-G
Applicable Fieldbus Applicable Fieldbus

protocols protocols
Max. number of connectable controllers* 42/32/16 Max. number of connectable controllers 12 8 5 12

* Depending on the mode setting
Driver
AC Servo Motor Driver
Pulse input type/ Pulse input type CC-Link direct input type SSCNET # type
Positioning type Series LECSB Series LECSC Series LECSS
Series LECSA (Absolute type) (Absolute type) (Absolute type)
(Incremental type)
Control motor Control motor Control motor Control motor

AC servo motor AC servo motor AC servo motor AC servo motor
(100/200/400 W) (100/200/400 W) (100/200/400 W) (100/200/400 W)
21
22
Series Variations
Electric Actuator Slider Type Series LEF

Work load (kg) Screw Positioning Controller
Drive Stroke Speed
Specifications Series lead repeatability /Driver Page
method (mm) Horizontal Vertical (mm/s)
(mm) (mm) series
9 2 10 to 500 10
LEFS16 50 to 500
10 4 5 to 250 5
Series
10 0.5 20 to 1000 20 LECP6
LEFS25 50 to 600 20 7.5 12 to 700 12
Series
20 15 6 to 250 6
LECP1
Step motor
15 4 24 to 1200 24
(Servo/24 VDC)
Series
Ball LEFS32 50 to 800 40 10 16 to 800 16
LECPA
screw
In-line motor 45 20 8 to 250 8
drive ±0.02 39
20 2 30 to 1200 30 Series
* LECPMJ
Clean room compatible LEFS40 150 to 1000 50 2 20 to 900 20
60 23 10 to 250 10
7 2 10 to 500 20
Motor parallel LEFS16A 50 to 500
10 4 5 to 250 12
Servo motor Series
5 1 20 to 800 20
(24 VDC) LECA6
LEFS25A 50 to 600 11 2.5 12 to 500 12
18 5 6 to 250 6
LEFB16 300 to 1000 1 48 to 1100 Series
Step motor LECP6
(Servo/24 VDC)
LEFB25 300 to 2000 5 — 48 to 1400 48
Belt Series
drive
LEFB32 300 to 2000 14 48 to 1500 ±0.08 LECP1 61
Servo motor LEFB16A 300 to 1000 1 Series

— 48 to 2000 48
(24 VDC) LEFB25A 300 to 2000 2 LECA6
* Except lead 20, 24, 30 mm
Controller/Driver LEC
Power Parallel I/O Number of

Compatible
Type Series supply positioning Page
motor Input Output
voltage pattern points
Step motor
LECP6 (Servo/24 VDC) 11 inputs 13 outputs
Step data 24 VDC
(Photo-coupler (Photo-coupler 64
input type ±10%
Servo motor isolation) isolation)
LECA6 (24 VDC)
LECP6 LECA6
70
6 inputs 6 outputs
Programless Step motor 24 VDC
type
LECP1 (Servo/24 VDC) ±10%
(Photo-coupler (Photo-coupler 14
isolation) isolation)
5 inputs 9 outputs
Pulse input Step motor 24 VDC
type
LECPA (Servo/24 VDC) ±10%
(Photo-coupler (Photo-coupler —
isolation) isolation)
LECP1 LECPA
Power
Compatible Max. number of connectable
Type Series supply Page
motor controllers (Units)
voltage
CC-Link 42 (Single numeric parameter)
Step motor 24 VDC
direct input LECPMJ (Servo/24 VDC) ±10%
32 (Half numeric parameters) 83
type 16 (Full numeric parameters)
LECPMJ
23
Series Variations
Electric Actuator Slider Type Series LEF

Work load (kg) Screw Positioning Controller
Drive Stroke Speed
Specifications Series lead repeatability /Driver Page
method (mm) Horizontal Vertical (mm/s)
(mm) (mm) series
10 4 Max.1500 20
LEFS25S 50 to 600 20 8 Max.900 12
20 15 Max.450 6 Series
Ball screw 30 5 Max.1500 24 LECSA
drive
*
LEFS32S 50 to 800 40 10 Max.1000 16 ±0.02 Series 123
Clean room compatible 45 20 Max.500 8 LECSB
AC servo
motor 30 7 Max.1500 30 Series
LEFS40S 150 to 1000 50 15 Max.1000 20 LECSC
60 30 Max.500 10 Series
LEFB25S 300 to 2000 5 LECSS
Belt
drive
LEFB32S 300 to 2500 15 — Max.2000 54 ±0.06 141
LEFB40S 300 to 3000 25
* Except lead 20, 24, 30 mm
Driver Series LECS

Power Parallel I/O Number of
Compatible
Type Series supply positioning Page
motor Input Output
voltage pattern points
Pulse input type 6 inputs 4 outputs

(For incremental LECSA (Photo-coupler (Photo-coupler 7
encoder) isolation) isolation)
Pulse input type 100 to 120 10 inputs 6 outputs

LECSA LECSB
(For absolute LECSB VAC (Photo-coupler (Photo-coupler —
encoder) AC servo motor (50/60 Hz) isolation) isolation)
152
CC-Link direct input type (100/200/400 W) 200 to 230 4 inputs 3 outputs
(For absolute LECSC VAC (Photo-coupler (Photo-coupler 255
encoder) (50/60 Hz) isolation) isolation)
SSCNET# type 4 inputs 3 outputs

(For absolute LECSS (Photo-coupler (Photo-coupler —
encoder) isolation) isolation)
LECSC LECSS
24
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Type AC Servo Motor Type
Servo Motor (24 VDC) Type
Electric Actuator/Ball Screw Drive Series LEFS Electric Actuator/Ball Screw Drive Series LEFS
Model Selection… …………………………………… Page 27 Model Selection… …………………………………… Page 107
How to Order… ……………………………………… Page 39 How to Order… ……………………………………… Page 123
Specifications… ……………………………………… Page 41 Specifications… ……………………………………… Page 124
Construction…………………………………………… Page 43 Construction…………………………………………… Page 125
Dimensions… ………………………………………… Page 45 Dimensions… ………………………………………… Page 127
Specific Product Precautions…………………………… Page 133
E
lectric Actuator/
Ball Screw Drive Series 11-LEFS Clean room specification lectric Actuator/
E
Particle Generation Characteristics (Clean Room Specification)……… Page 33 Ball Screw Drive Series 11-LEFS Clean room specification
Model Selection (Clean Room Specification)……… Page 35
Particle Generation Characteristics (Clean Room Specification)……… Page 115
How to Order… ……………………………………… Page 53
Model Selection (Clean Room Specification)……… Page 117
Specifications… ……………………………………… Page 55
How to Order… ……………………………………… Page 135
Dimensions… ………………………………………… Page 57
Electric Actuator/Belt Drive Series LEFB Dimensions… ………………………………………… Page 137
Model Selection… …………………………………… Page 27 Electric Actuator/Belt Drive Series LEFB
How to Order… ……………………………………… Page 61
Model Selection… …………………………………… Page 119
How to Order… ……………………………………… Page 141
Construction…………………………………………… Page 65
Dimensions… ………………………………………… Page 66
Construction…………………………………………… Page 144
Specific Product Precautions…………………………… Page 68 Dimensions… ………………………………………… Page 146
S
tep Motor (Servo/24 VDC)/Servo Motor (24 VDC) AC Servo Motor Driver Series LECS… …… Page 152
Controller/Driver Specific Product Precautions…………………………… Page 166
Step Data Input Type/Series LECP6/LECA6… …… Page 71
Controller Setting Kit/LEC-W2… …………………… Page 80 Support Guide Series (11-) LEFG
Teaching Box/LEC-T1… …………………………… Page 81 Model Selection… …………………………………… Page 169
CC-Link Direct Input Type/Series LECPMJ… ……… Page 83 How to Order… ……………………………………… Page 171
Gateway Unit/Series LEC-G… ……………………… Page 86 Dimensions… ………………………………………… Page 173
Programless Controller/Series LECP1… …………… Page 89
Pulse Input Type/Series LECPA……………………… Page 96
Controller Setting Kit/LEC-W2… …………………… Page 103
Teaching Box/LEC-T1… …………………………… Page 104
25
Selection
Model
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) / Servo Motor (24 VDC)

Ball Screw Drive Page 39
LEFS
Series LEFS Clean Room Specification Page 53
Series 11-LEFS
LEFB
LECA6
LECPA LECP1 LEC-G LECPMJ LECP6
Belt Drive Page 61
Series LEFB
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
Step Motor/Servo Motor, Controller/Driver Page 70

LEFB
Series LECP6/LECA6
Series LECPMJ
Series LEC-G
LEFG LECS□
Series LECP1
Series LECPA
Specific Product
Precautions
26
Electric Actuator/Slider Type Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC)
Ball Screw Drive/Series LEFS Belt Drive/Series LEFB

Model Selection
Selection Procedure
Step 1 Check the work load–speed. Step 2 Check the cycle time. Step 3 Check the allowable moment.
Selection Example
Operating
Workpiece mass: 5 [kg] Workpiece mounting condition:
conditions 20
Speed: 300 [mm/s] Lead 6: LEFS25B
W
Work load: W [kg]

Acceleration/Deceleration: 3000 [mm/s2] 15
100
Stroke: 200 [mm]
10
Mounting orientation: Horizontal upward
Lead 12:
5 LEFS25A
Step 1 Check the work load–speed. <Speed–Work load graph> (Pages 28 to 30)
0
Select the target model based on the workpiece mass and speed with reference to 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
the <Speed–Work load graph>. Speed: V [mm/s]
Selection example) The LEFS25A-200 is temporarily selected based on the graph <Speed–Work load graph>
shown on the right side. (LEFS25/Step motor)
Step 2 Check the cycle time.

Calculate the cycle time using the Calculation example)
L
following calculation method. T1 to T4 can be calculated as follows.
Speed: V [mm/s]
Cycle time: a1 a2
T can be found from the following equation. T1 = V/a1 = 300/3000 = 0.1 [s],
T3 = V/a2 = 300/3000 = 0.1 [s] Time
T = T1 + T2 + T3 + T4 [s] [s]
L − 0.5 · V · (T1 + T3)
T1: Acceleration time and T3: T2 =
Deceleration time can be obtained V T1 T2 T3 T4
by the following equation. 200 − 0.5 · 300 · (0.1 + 0.1)
= L : Stroke [mm]
300
T1 = V/a1 [s] T3 = V/a2 [s] ⋅⋅⋅ (Operating condition)
= 0.57 [s]
T4 = 0.2 [s] V : Speed [mm/s]
T2: Constant speed time can be
⋅⋅⋅ (Operating condition)
found from the following equation.
Therefore, the cycle time can be obtained a1: Acceleration [mm/s2]
L − 0.5 · V · (T1 + T3) ⋅⋅⋅ (Operating condition)
T2 = [s] as follows.
V a2: Deceleration [mm/s2]
T = T1 + T2 + T3 + T4
⋅⋅⋅ (Operating condition)
T4: Settling time varies depending on = 0.1 + 0.57 + 0.1 + 0.2
the conditions such as motor types, = 0.97 [s] T1: Acceleration time [s]
load and in positioning of the step data. Time until reaching the set speed
Therefore, calculate the settling time T2: Constant speed time [s]
with reference to the following value. Time while the actuator is operating
at a constant speed
T4 = 0.2 [s]
T3: Deceleration time [s]
Time from the beginning of the constant
Step 3 Check the guide moment. 2000
speed operation to stop
T4: Settling time [s]
Overhang: L1 [mm]
Mep 1500
1000 mm/s2 Time until in position is completed
m 1000 3000 mm/s2
L1
500
5000 mm/s2
0
0 5 10 15 20
Based on the above calculation result, Work load [kg]
the LEFS25A-200 is selected.
* If the step motor and servo motors do not meet your specifications, also consider the AC servo specification (Page 106).
27
Model Selection Series LEF
Selection
Model
For the LECPA, refer to
Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide) page 29.
For Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) LECP6, LECP1, LECPMJ ∗ The following graph shows the values when moving force is 100%.

LEFS16/Ball Screw Drive
LEFS
Horizontal Vertical
12 12
Lead B
10 10
Work load: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]

8 Lead A 8
LEFB
6 6
Lead B
4 4
Lead A
2 2
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
LECA6
Speed: V [mm/s] Speed: V [mm/s]

Horizontal Vertical
20 Lead B 20
Lead B
Work load: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]
15 Lead A 15
10 10
Lead H Lead A
5 5
Lead H
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 0 100 200 300 400 500 600

Horizontal Vertical
50 50
Lead B
LEFS
40 40
Work load: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]
30 Lead A 30
AC Servo Motor
Lead B
20 20
Lead A
Lead H
10 10 Lead H LEFB
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 0 100 200 300 400 500 600

Horizontal Vertical
LEFG LECS□
60 Lead B 60
50 50
Work load: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]
40 Lead A 40
30 30
Lead B
20 Lead H 20
Specific Product
Precautions
10 10 Lead A/Lead H
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
28 A
Series LEF
For the LECP6/LECP1/LECPMJ,
Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide) refer to page 28.
For Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) LECPA ∗ The following graph shows the values when moving force is 100%.

Horizontal Vertical
12 12
Lead B
10 10
Work load: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]

8 Lead A 8
6 6 Lead B
4 4
Lead A
2 2
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600

Horizontal Vertical
20 Lead B 20
Lead B
Work load: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]
15 15
10 Lead A 10
Lead H Lead A
5 5 Lead H
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 0 100 200 300 400 500 600

Horizontal Vertical
50 50
Lead B
40 40
Work load: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]
30 Lead A 30 Lead B
20 Lead H 20
Lead A
10 10 Lead H
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 0 100 200 300 400 500 600

Horizontal Vertical
60 60
Lead B
50 50
Work load: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]
40 Lead A 40
30 30 Lead B
Lead H
20 20 Lead A
10 10 Lead H
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
A 29
Selection
Model
Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide)
Servo Motor (24 VDC) ∗ The following graph shows the values when moving force is 250%.

LEFS16A/Ball Screw Drive
LEFS
Horizontal Vertical
12 12
Lead B
10 10
Lead A
8 8
Work load: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]
LEFB
6 6
Lead B
4 4
Lead A
LECA6
2 2
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
LEFS25A/Ball Screw Drive

Horizontal Vertical
20 20
Lead B
15 15
Work load: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]
Lead A
10 10
Lead H Lead B
5 5 Lead A
Lead H
0 0
LEFS
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
AC Servo Motor
LEFB/Belt Drive ∗ When moving force is 100% LEFB/Belt Drive ∗ When moving force is 250%
LEFB
Horizontal Horizontal
10
14 LEFB32
12 8
LEFG LECS□
Work load: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]
10
6
8
6 LEFB25 4
4 LEFB25
2
2 LEFB16 LEFB16
Specific Product
Precautions
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 0 500 1000 1500 2000
30
Series LEF
∗ T his graph shows the amount of allowable overhang when the center of gravity of the workpiece overhangs in one direction. When the center of
Dynamic Allowable Moment gravity of the workpiece overhangs in two directions, refer to the Electric Actuator Selection Software for confirmation, http://www.smcworld.com
Acceleration/Deceleration 1000 mm/s2 3000 mm/s2 5000 mm/s2

Orientation
Load overhanging direction Model

m: Work load [kg]
Me: Dynamic allowable moment [N·m]
L: Overhang to the work load center of gravity [mm] LEF16 LEF25 LEF32 LEF40
2000 2000 2000 1500
1500 1500 1500

Mep 1000
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
Pitching
m 1000 1000 1000

L1
500
500 500 500
0 0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Work load [kg] Work load [kg] Work load [kg] Work load [kg]
2000 2000 2000 1500
1500 1500 1500

Mey 1000
Horizontal
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
Yawing
m 1000 1000 1000

L2 500
500 500 500
0 0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
2000 2000 2000 1500
1500 1500 1500

L3 1000
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
Rolling
1000 1000 1000
Mer 500
m 500 500 500
0 0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
2000 2000 2000 1500
1500 1500 1500

1000
L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
Pitching
1000 1000 1000
500
m 500 500 500
Mep
0 0 0 0
L4 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 0 5 10 15 20 25
Vertical
2000 2000 2000 1500
1500 1500 1500

1000
L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
Yawing
1000 1000 1000
500
m 500 500 500
Mey
0 0 0 0
L5 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 0 5 10 15 20 25
31
Selection
Model
Table Accuracy
LEFS
A side
B side
Traveling parallelism [mm] (Every 300 mm)
Model q C side traveling w D side traveling
q parallelism to A side parallelism to B side
C side LEF16 0.05 0.03

w
LEFB
LEF25 0.05 0.03
D side LEF32 0.05 0.03
LEF40 0.05 0.03
Note) Traveling parallelism does not include the mounting surface accuracy.
LECA6
Table Displacement (Reference Value)
L W
0.08
LEF32
0.06 (L = 30 mm)
Displacement [mm]
LEF25
LEFS
(L = 25 mm)
0.04
LEF16
AC Servo Motor
(L = 20 mm) LEF40
(L = 37 mm)
0.02
LEFB
0
0 100 200 300 400 500
Load W [N]
Note 1) This displacement is measured when a 15 mm aluminum plate is mounted and fixed on the table.
LEFG LECS□
Note 2) Check the clearance and play of the guide separately.

Specific Product
Precautions
32
Ball Screw Drive/Series 11-LEFS Clean Room Speciﬁcation
Particle Generation Characteristics

Particle Generation Measuring Method
The particle generation data for SMC Clean Series are measured in the following test method.
 Test Method (Example)

Place the specimen in the acrylic resin chamber and operate it while supplying the same flow rate of clean air as
the suction flow rate of the measuring instrument (28.3 L/min). Measure the changes of the particle concentration
over time until the number of cycles reaches the specified point.
The chamber is placed in an ISO Class 5 equivalent clean bench.
 Measuring Conditions
Internal volume 28.3 L
Chamber
Supply air quality Same quality as the supply air for driving
Description Laser dust monitor (Automatic particle counter by lightscattering method)
Measuring
Minimum measurable particle diameter 0.1 μm
instrument
Suction flow rate 28.3 L/min
Sampling time 5 min
Setting
Interval time 55 min
conditions
Sampling air flow 141.5 L
Air cleaning system
Clean gas filter
Clean bench (ISO Class 5 equivalent)
Supply rate 28.3 L/min Vacuum suction

from vacuum port
Laser dust monitor
(Suction flow rate 28.3 L/min)
Particle generation measuring circuit
 Evaluation Method
To obtain the measured values of particle concentration, the accumulated value Note 1) of particles captured every 5
minutes, by the laser dust monitor, is converted into the particle concentration in every 1 m3.
When determining particle generation grades, the 95% upper confidence limit of the average particle concentration
(average value), when each specimen is operated at a specified number of cycles Note 2) is considered.
The plots in the graphs indicate the 95% upper confidence limit of the average particle concentration of particles
with a diameter within the horizontal axis range.
Note 1) Sampling air flow rate: Number of particles contained in 141.5 L of air
Note 2) Actuator: 1 million cycles
A 33
Particle Generation Characteristics Series 11-LEFS
Clean Room Specification
Selection
Model
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC), Servo Motor (24 VDC)

11-LEFS16 Speed 500 mm/s 11-LEFS25 Speed 500 mm/s
LEFS
10000000 10000000
ISO Class 6 upper limit ISO Class 6 upper limit

1000000 1000000
LEFB
100000 Suction flow rate: 0 L/min 100000
Particle concentration [particles/m3]

ISO Class 5 upper limit
Suction flow rate: 0 L/min
10000 10000
LECA6
Suction flow rate:
1000 10 L/min 1000 Suction flow rate:
20 L/min

100 100
10 10
Suction flow rate: 30 L/min Suction flow rate: 30 L/min
1 1
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
Particle diameter [µm] Particle diameter [µm]

10000000 10000000
ISO Class 6 upper limit ISO Class 6 upper limit

1000000 1000000
LEFS
Suction flow rate: 0 L/min Suction flow rate: 0 L/min ISO Class 5 upper limit
AC Servo Motor
100000 100000

10000 10000
LEFB
ISO Class 4 upper limit Suction flow rate: ISO Class 4 upper limit
1000 1000 40 L/min

LEFG LECS□
100 100
10 10
1 1
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
Specific Product
Precautions
34 A
Electric Actuator/Slider Type Step Motor (Servo 24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC)
Model Selection
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) ∗ The following graph shows the values when moving force is 100%.
11-LEFS16/Ball Screw Drive

Horizontal Vertical
12 12
10 Lead 5: 11-LEFS16B 10
Work load: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]

8 8
6 Lead 10: 11-LEFS16A 6
4 4 Lead 5: 11-LEFS16B
2 2 Lead 10: 11-LEFS16A
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600

Horizontal Vertical
20 Lead 6: 11-LEFS25B 20
Work load: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]
15 15 Lead 6: 11-LEFS25B
10 10
5 Lead 12: 11-LEFS25A 5

Lead 12: 11-LEFS25A
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600

Horizontal Vertical
50 50
Lead 8: 11-LEFS32B
40 40
Work load: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]
30 30
20 Lead 16: 11-LEFS32A 20 Lead 8: 11-LEFS32B
10 10
Lead 16: 11-LEFS32A
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600

Horizontal Vertical
60 Lead 10: 11-LEFS40B 60
50 50
Work load: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]
40 40
30 Lead 20: 11-LEFS40A 30
20 20
Lead 10: 11-LEFS40B
10 10
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
35
Model Selection Series 11-LEFS
Selection
Model
Servo Motor (24 VDC) ∗ The following graph shows the values when moving force is 250%.

11-LEFS16A/Ball Screw Drive
LEFS
Horizontal Vertical
12 12
10 Lead 5: 11-LEFS16AB 10
Work load: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]

8 8
LEFB
Lead 10: 11-LEFS16AA
6 6
4 4 Lead 5: 11-LEFS16AB
LECA6
2 2 Lead 10: 11-LEFS16AA
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
11-LEFS25A/Ball Screw Drive

Horizontal Vertical
20 20
Lead 6: 11-LEFS25AB
15 15
Work load: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]

10 10
5 5 Lead 6: 11-LEFS25AB
0 0
LEFS
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
AC Servo Motor
LEFG LECS□ LEFB
Specific Product
Precautions
36
Series 11-LEFS
∗ This graph shows the amount of allowable overhang when the center of gravity of the workpiece overhangs in one direction. When the center of

Orientation

m: Work load [kg]
L: Overhang to the work load center of gravity [mm] 11-LEFS16 11-LEFS25 11-LEFS32 11-LEFS40
2000 2000 2000 1500
1500 1500 1500

Mep 1000
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
Pitching
m 1000 1000 1000

L1
500
500 500 500
0 0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
2000 2000 2000 1500
1500 1500 1500

Mey 1000
Horizontal
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
Yawing
m 1000 1000 1000

L2 500
500 500 500
0 0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
2000 2000 2000 1500
1500 1500 1500

L3 1000
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
Rolling
1000 1000 1000
Mer 500
m 500 500 500
0 0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
2000 2000 2000 1500
1500 1500 1500

1000
L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
Pitching
1000 1000 1000
500
m 500 500 500
Mep
0 0 0 0
L4 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 0 5 10 15 20 25
Vertical
2000 2000 2000 1500
1500 1500 1500

1000
L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
Yawing
1000 1000 1000
500
m 500 500 500
Mey
0 0 0 0
L5 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 0 5 10 15 20 25
37
38
AC Servo Motor Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) / Servo Motor (24 VDC)
Specific Product LECA6 Model
Precautions LEFG LECS□ LEFB LEFS LECPA LECP1 LEC-G LECPMJ LECP6 LEFB LEFS Selection
Ball Screw Drive Step Motor
Servo Motor
(Servo/24 VDC)
(24 VDC)
Series LEFS
®
LEFS16, 25, 32, 40 RoHS
How to Order
LEFS H 25 R B 200 S 1 6N 1
q w e r t y u i o !0 !1 !2
q Accuracy w Size r Motor type

Nil Basic type 16 Applicable size
Compatible
H High precision type 25 Symbol Type
controller/driver
32 LEFS16 LEFS25 LEFS32 LEFS40
40
eM
otor mounting position LECP6
Step motor LECP1
Nil In-line Nil (Servo/24 VDC)
V V V V
LECPA
R Right side parallel LECPMJ
L Left side parallel
Servo motor
A (24 VDC)
V V — — LECA6
t Lead [mm]
Symbol LEFS16 LEFS25 LEFS32 LEFS40 Caution
H — 20 24 30 [CE-compliant products]
A 10 12 16 20 q EMC compliance was tested by combining the electric actuator LEF series and the controller
B 5 6 8 10 LEC series.
The EMC depends on the configuration of the customer’s control panel and the relationship
with other electrical equipment and wiring. Therefore, conformity to the EMC directive cannot be
y Stroke [mm] certified for SMC components incorporated into the customer’s equipment under actual
50 50 operating conditions. As a result, it is necessary for the customer to verify conformity to the
to to EMC directive for the machinery and equipment as a whole.
1000 1000 w For the servo motor (24 VDC) specification, EMC compliance was tested by installing a noise
filter set (LEC-NFA). Refer to page 79 for the noise filter set. Refer to the LECA series Operation
* Refer to the applicable stroke table.
Manual for installation.
e CC-Link direct input type (LECPMJ) is not CE-compliant.
u Motor option [UL-compliant products]
Nil Without option When conformity to UL is required, the electric actuator and controller/driver should be used with a
B With lock UL1310 Class 2 power supply.
Applicable Stroke Table V: Standard

Stroke Manufacturable
(mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 stroke range [mm]
Model
LEFS16 V V V V V V V V V V — — — — — — — — — — 50 to 500
LEFS25 V V V V V V V V V V V V — — — — — — — — 50 to 600
LEFS32 V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V — — — — 50 to 800
LEFS40 — — V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V 150 to 1000
* Please consult with SMC for non-standard strokes as they are produced as special orders.
The actuator and controller/driver are sold as a package.

Confirm that the combination of the controller/driver and the actuator is correct.
q Check the actuator label for model number. This matches the controller/driver.
q w
* Refer to the Operation Manual for using the products. Please download it via our website, http://www.smcworld.com
A 39
Ball Screw Drive Series LEFS
Selection
Model
LEFS
LEFB
LECA6
i Actuator cable type∗1 !0 Controller/Driver type∗1 !1 I/O cable length∗1, Communication plug
Nil Without cable Nil Without controller/driver Nil Without cable (Without communication plug connector)∗3
S Standard cable∗2 6N LECP6/LECA6 NPN 1 1.5 m
R Robotic cable (Flexible cable) 6P (Step data input type) PNP 3 3 m∗2
∗1 The standard cable should be used on fixed 1N LECP1 ∗2 NPN 5 5 m∗2
parts. For using on moving parts, select the 1P (Programless type) PNP S Straight type communication plug connector∗3
robotic cable. LECPMJ ∗2 ∗3 T T-branch type communication plug connector∗3
∗2 O nly available for the motor type “Step MJ —
(CC-Link direct input type) ∗1 When “Without controller/driver” is selected
motor.”
AN LECPA∗2 ∗4 NPN for controller/driver types, I/O cable cannot
AP (Pulse input type) PNP be selected.
Refer to page 79 (For LECP6/LECA6), page
o Actuator cable length [m] ∗1 F or details about controller/driver and 95 (For LECP1) or page 102 (For LECPA) if
Nil Without cable compatible motor, refer to the compatible I/O cable is required.
controller/driver below. ∗2 W hen “Pulse input type” is selected for
1 1.5
∗2 O nly available for the motor type “Step controller/driver types, pulse input usable
3 3 motor.” only with differential. Only 1.5 m cables
5 5 ∗3 Not applicable to CE. usable with open collector.
8 8∗ ∗4 When pulse signals are open collector, order ∗3 For the LECPMJ, only “Nil”, “S” and “T” are
the current limit resistor (LEC-PA-R-l) on selectable since I/O cable is not included.
A 10∗
page 99 separately.
B 15∗
C 20∗ Support Guide/Series LEFG
!2 Controller/Driver mounting A support guide is designed to
∗ Produced upon receipt of order (Robotic cable support work pieces with
Nil Screw mounting
only) significant overhang.
Refer to the specifications Note 2) on pages D DIN rail mounting∗ Page 169
41 and 42. ∗ DIN rail is not included. Order it separately.
LEFS
Compatible Controller/Driver
AC Servo Motor
Step data Step data CC-Link direct Programless type Pulse input type
input type input type input type
LEFB
Type
LEFG LECS□
Series LECP6 LECA6 LECPMJ LECP1 LECPA

Capable of setting up
Value (Step data) input
Features CC-Link direct input operation (step data) without Operation by pulse signals
Standard controller
using a PC or teaching box
Compatible Step motor Servo motor Step motor

motor (Servo/24 VDC) (24 VDC) (Servo/24 VDC)
Specific Product
Maximum number
Precautions
64 points 14 points —
of step data
Power supply voltage 24 VDC
Reference page 71 71 83 89 96
40 A
Series LEFS
Specifications
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC)
Model LEFS16 LEFS25 LEFS32 LEFS40
Stroke [mm] Note 1) 50 to 500 50 to 600 50 to 800 150 to 1000
Horizontal 9 10 10 20 20 15 40 45 20 50 60
Work load [kg] Note 2)
Vertical 2 4 0.5 7.5 15 4 10 20 2 2 23
Up to 500 10 to 500 5 to 250 20 to 1000 12 to 700 6 to 250 24 to 1200 16 to 800 8 to 250 30 to 1200 20 to 900 10 to 250
Controller 501 to 600 — — 20 to 900 12 to 540 6 to 250 24 to 1200 16 to 800 8 to 250 30 to 1200 20 to 900 10 to 250
type: Note 2)
601 to 700 — — — — — 24 to 930 16 to 620 8 to 250 30 to 1200 20 to 900 10 to 250
LECP6, Speed Stroke
[mm/s] range 701 to 800 — — — — — 24 to 750 16 to 500 8 to 250 30 to 1140 20 to 760 10 to 250
LECP1,
LECPMJ 801 to 900 — — — — — — — — 30 to 930 20 to 620 10 to 250
901 to 1000 — — — — — — — — 30 to 780 20 to 520 10 to 250
Up to 500 10 to 500 5 to 250 20 to 1000 12 to 500 6 to 250 24 to 1200 16 to 500 8 to 250 30 to 500 20 to 500 10 to 250
Actuator specifications
501 to 600 — — 20 to 900 12 to 500 6 to 250 24 to 1200 16 to 500 8 to 250 30 to 500 20 to 500 10 to 250
Note 2)
Driver type: Speed Stroke 601 to 700 — — — — — 24 to 930 16 to 500 8 to 250 30 to 500 20 to 500 10 to 250
LECPA [mm/s] range 701 to 800 — — — — — 24 to 750 16 to 500 8 to 250 30 to 500 20 to 500 10 to 250
801 to 900 — — — — — — — — 30 to 500 20 to 500 10 to 250
901 to 1000 — — — — — — — — 30 to 500 20 to 500 10 to 250
Max. acceleration/deceleration [mm/s2] 3000
Positioning repeatability Basic type ±0.02
[mm] High precision type ±0.015 (Lead H: ±0.02)
Basic type 0.1 or less
Lost motion [mm] Note 3)
High precision type 0.05 or less
Lead [mm] 10 5 20 12 6 24 16 8 30 20 10
Impact/Vibration resistance [m/s2] Note 4) 50/20
Actuation type Ball screw (LEFS), Ball screw + Belt (LEFS RL )
Guide type Linear guide
Operating temperature range [°C] 5 to 40
Operating humidity range [%RH] 90 or less (No condensation)
Motor size 28 42 56.4
specifications Electric specifications
Motor type Step motor (Servo/24 VDC)

Encoder Incremental A/B phase (800 pulse/rotation)
Rated voltage [V] 24 VDC ±10%
Power consumption [W] Note 5) 22 38 50 100
Standby power consumption when operating [W] Note 6) 18 16 44 43
Max. instantaneous power consumption [W] Note 7) 51 57 123 141
Type Note 8) Non-magnetizing lock
Lock unit
Holding force [N] 20 39 47 78 157 72 108 216 75 113 225

Power consumption [W] Note 9) 2.9 5 5 5
Note 1) Please consult with SMC for non-standard strokes as they are produced as special orders.
Note 2) Speed changes according to the controller/driver type and work load. Check “Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide)” on pages 28 and 29.
Furthermore, if the cable length exceeds 5 m, then it will decrease by up to 10% for each 5 m.
Note 3) A reference value for correcting an error in reciprocal operation.
Note 4) Impact resistance: No malfunction occurred when the actuator was tested with a drop tester in both an axial direction and a perpendicular direction
to the lead screw. (Test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
Vibration resistance: No malfunction occurred in a test ranging between 45 to 2000 Hz. Test was performed in both an axial direction and a
perpendicular direction to the lead screw. (Test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
Note 5) The power consumption (including the controller) is for when the actuator is operating.
Note 6) The standby power consumption when operating (including the controller) is for when the actuator is stopped in the set position during the
operation.
Note 7) The maximum instantaneous power consumption (including the controller) is for when the actuator is operating. This value can be used for the
selection of the power supply.
Note 8) With lock only
Note 9) For an actuator with lock, add the power consumption for the lock.
B 41
Selection
Model
Specifications

Servo Motor (24 VDC)
LEFS
Model LEFS16A LEFS25A
Stroke [mm] Note 1) 50 to 500 50 to 600
Work load Note 2) Horizontal 7 10 5 11 18
[kg] Vertical 2 4 1 2.5 5
Speed [mm/s] Note 2) 10 to 500 5 to 250 20 to 800 12 to 500 6 to 250

Positioning Basic type ±0.02
LEFB
repeatability [mm] High precision type ±0.015 (Lead H: ±0.02)
Lost motion Note 3) Basic type 0.1 or less
[mm] High precision type 0.05 or less
Lead [mm] 10 5 20 12 6
LECA6
Motor size 28 42
Electric specifications
Motor output [W] 30 36

Motor type Servo motor (24 VDC)
Encoder Incremental A/B (800 pulse/rotation)/Z phase
Power consumption [W] Note 5) 63 102
Standby power consumption when operating [W] Note 6) Horizontal 4/Vertical 9
Max. instantaneous power consumption [W] Note 7) 70 113
specifications
Lock unit
Holding force [N] 20 39 47 78 157

Power consumption [W] Note 9) 2.9 5
Note 2) Check “Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide)” on page 30 for details.
LEFS
Note 6) The standby power consumption when operating (including the controller) is for when the actuator is stopped in the set position during the operation.
AC Servo Motor
Weight LEFB
Series LEFS16
Stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Product weight [kg] 0.83 0.90 0.98 1.05 1.13 1.20 1.28 1.35 1.43 1.50
Additional weight with lock [kg] 0.12
Series LEFS25
LEFG LECS□
Stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
Product weight [kg] 1.70 1.84 1.98 2.12 2.26 2.40 2.54 2.68 2.82 2.96 3.10 3.24
Series LEFS32
Stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Product weight [kg] 3.15 3.35 3.55 3.75 3.95 4.15 4.35 4.55 4.75 4.95 5.15 5.35 5.55 5.75 5.95 6.15
Specific Product
Series LEFS40
Precautions
Stroke [mm] 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
Product weight [kg] 5.37 5.65 5.93 6.21 6.49 6.77 7.15 7.33 7.61 7.89 8.17 8.45 8.73 9.01 9.29 9.57 9.85 10.13
42 A
Series LEFS
Construction: In-line Motor

LEFS16, 25, 32
w !7 !8 q u t y u !7 o !1 !3
A-A
i @0 e r @1 !0 !2 !5 !6 !4
A
LEFS40
!7 !8 q u t y u !7 o !1 !3
!9 w
A-A
i @0 e r @1 !0 !2 !5 !6 !4
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note

1 Body Aluminum alloy Anodized 11 Motor mount Aluminum alloy Coating
2 Rail guide — 12 Coupling —
3 Ball screw assembly — 13 Motor cover Aluminum alloy Anodized
Connected shaft LEFS16, 25, 32 14 End cover Aluminum alloy Anodized
4 —
Spacer LEFS40 15 Motor —
5 Table Aluminum alloy Anodized 16 Rubber bushing NBR
6 Blanking plate Aluminum alloy Anodized 17 Band stopper Stainless steel
7 Seal band stopper Synthetic resin 18 Dust seal band Stainless steel
8 Housing A Aluminum die-casted Coating 19 Seal magnet —
9 Housing B Aluminum die-casted Coating 20 Bearing —
10 Bearing stopper Aluminum alloy 21 Bearing —
43
Selection
Model
Construction: Motor Parallel
LEFS
With lock
LEFB
!9
!8
q @1 u
LECA6
A A
i @0 !6 o @0 !1 !5
A-A
t y @3
B C
e
@2 !0
B C
r
B-B w C-C D-D

!2 !4 D !7
Body
LEFS
Table
AC Servo Motor
D
!3
Component Parts
LEFB

1 Body Aluminum alloy Anodized 15 Cover plate Aluminum alloy Coating
2 Rail guide — 16 Table spacer Aluminum alloy Coating (LEFS32 only)
3 Ball screw shaft — 17 Motor —
4 Ball screw nut — 18 Motor cover Synthetic resin
LEFG LECS□
5 Table Aluminum alloy Anodized 19 Motor cover with lock Aluminum alloy Anodized
8 Housing A Aluminum die-casted Coating 22 Bearing —
10 Bearing stopper Aluminum alloy
11 Return plate Aluminum alloy Coating Replacement Parts/Belt
12 Pulley Aluminum alloy No. Size Order no.
Specific Product
13 Pulley Aluminum alloy 16 LE-D-6-1

Precautions
25 LE-D-6-2
14
32 LE-D-6-3
40 LE-D-6-4
44
Series LEFS
Dimensions: In-line Motor

LEFS16
(72)
ø3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
Body mounting Note 1) depth 3 40

reference plane 4 x M4 x 0.7 24
28
thread depth 6.4
3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
3.5
39.4
depth 3
L Cable length ≈ 250

(37) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 37
40
7 (41) [39] Stroke 39 [(41)] (110) (2.4) 65
27
4 [2] [Origin] Note 4) Origin Note 3) 2 [4]
Motor cable (2 x ø5)
46
6
20
33
40
5.5
M4 x 0.7
thread depth 7
Motor option: With lock Step Servo
(F.G. terminal)
(152) Cable length ≈ 250 motor motor
65 15 15
20 20
24 20
Lock cable (ø3.5) 20 24
3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
n x ø3.5 depth 3
4
34
100 8
D x 100 (= E) F
B
Note 1) When mounting the actuator using the body mounting reference
plane, set the height of the opposite surface or pin to be 2 mm or
more because of R chamfering. (Recommended height 5 mm)
Note 2) Distance within which the table can move when it returns to origin.
Make sure a workpiece mounted on the table does not interfere with
the work pieces and facilities around the table.
Note 3) Position after return to origin
Note 4) [ ] for when the direction of return to origin has changed.
Dimensions [mm]
L
Model A B n D E F
Without lock With lock
LEFS16l-50l 247 289 56 130 4 — — 15
LEFS16l-100l 297 339 106 180 4 — —
LEFS16l-150l 347 389 156 230 4 —
LEFS16l-200l 397 439 206 280 6 2 200
LEFS16l-250l 447 489 256 330 6 2
LEFS16l-300l 497 539 306 380 8 3 300 40
LEFS16l-350l 547 589 356 430 8 3
LEFS16l-400l 597 639 406 480 10 4 400
LEFS16l-450l 647 689 456 530 10 4
LEFS16l-500l 697 739 506 580 12 5 500
45
Selection
Model

LEFS25
LEFS
ø3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025 (102)
depth 3 64
Body mounting Note 1)
thread depth 8.5
38
LEFB
3.5
50
3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
depth 3
(52) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 52
LECA6
58
10 (56) [54] Stroke 54 [(56)] (115.5) (2.4) 65
38
57.5
6.5
24
48
38.5
6
M4 x 0.7
thread depth 8 Motor option: With lock Step Servo
(F.G. terminal)
(160.5) Cable length ≈ 250 motor motor
65 15 15
20 20
24 20
3H9 ( )
+0.025
0
n x ø4.5 depth 3
4
48
120 10
D x 120 (= E) F
B
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
LEFB
Dimensions [mm]
LEFG LECS□
L
Model A B n D E F
LEFS25l-50l 285.5 330.5 56 160 4 — — 20
LEFS25l-100l 335.5 380.5 106 210 4 — —
LEFS25l-150l 385.5 430.5 156 260 4 — —
LEFS25l-200l 435.5 480.5 206 310 6 2 240
LEFS25l-250l 485.5 530.5 256 360 6 2 240
LEFS25l-300l 535.5 580.5 306 410 8 3 360
LEFS25l-350l 585.5 630.5 356 460 8 3 360 35
LEFS25l-400l 635.5 680.5 406 510 8 3 360
Specific Product
Precautions
LEFS25l-450l 685.5 730.5 456 560 10 4 480

LEFS25l-500l 735.5 780.5 506 610 10 4 480
LEFS25l-550l 785.5 830.5 556 660 12 5 600
LEFS25l-600l 835.5 880.5 606 710 12 5 600
46
Series LEFS

LEFS32 ø5H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
(122)
depth 5
Body mounting Note 1) 4 x M6 x 1 70
reference plane 42
thread depth 9.9
44
5.5
60
5H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
depth 5

70 (62) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 62
48 10 (66) [64] Stroke 64 [(66)] (142) (2.4) 65
6.5
79
30

60
46.8
7.5
M4 x 0.7
thread depth 8
(F.G. terminal)
65 15 15
20
20
24
20
5H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
n x ø5.5 depth 5
6
60
150
D x 150 (= E) 15
B 15
Dimensions [mm]
L
Model A B n D E
LEFS32l-50l 332 384 56 180 4 — —
LEFS32l-100l 382 434 106 230 4 — —
LEFS32l-150l 432 484 156 280 4 — —
LEFS32l-200l 482 534 206 330 6 2 300
LEFS32l-250l 532 584 256 380 6 2 300
LEFS32l-300l 582 634 306 430 6 2 300
LEFS32l-350l 632 684 356 480 8 3 450
LEFS32l-400l 682 734 406 530 8 3 450
LEFS32l-450l 732 784 456 580 8 3 450
LEFS32l-500l 782 834 506 630 10 4 600
LEFS32l-550l 832 884 556 680 10 4 600
LEFS32l-600l 882 934 606 730 10 4 600
LEFS32l-650l 932 984 656 780 12 5 750
LEFS32l-700l 982 1034 706 830 12 5 750
LEFS32l-750l 1032 1084 756 880 12 5 750
LEFS32l-800l 1082 1134 806 930 14 6 900
47
Selection
Model

LEFS40
LEFS
ø6H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
(170)
depth 7
Body mounting Note 1) 106
4 x M8 x 1.25
reference plane 60
58
thread depth 13
7
6H9 ( 0 )
74
+0.030
LEFB
depth 7

(86) A Table traveling distance Note 2) 86
13 (90) [88] Stroke 88 [(90)] (165) (3.1)
90
LECA6
[Origin] Note 4) Origin Note 3)

61 4 [2] 2 [4] 65
67.5
20
(68)
8
20
31

68
53.8
8
M4 x 0.7
thread depth 8
(F.G. terminal) Motor option: With lock
(214) Cable length ≈ 250
15
65
20
20
Lock cable (ø3.3)
Motor cable (2 x ø5) 20
6H9 ( )
+0.030
n x ø6.6 0
depth 6
7
76
150 15
D x 150 (= E) 60
B
LEFS
Note 1) When mounting the actuator using the body mounting
reference plane, set the height of the opposite surface
AC Servo Motor
or pin to be 3 mm or more because of R chamfering.
(Recommended height 5 mm)
Note 2) D istance within which the table can move when it
returns to origin. Make sure a workpiece mounted on
the table does not interfere with the work pieces and
Dimensions [mm]
LEFB
facilities around the table.
Note 3) Position after return to origin L
Model A B n D E
Note 4) [ ] for when the direction of return to origin has changed. Without lock With lock
LEFS40l-150l 506 555 156 328 4 — 150
LEFS40l-200l 556 605 206 378 6 2 300
LEFS40l-250l 606 655 256 428 6 2 300
LEFS40l-300l 656 705 306 478 6 2 300
LEFG LECS□
LEFS40l-350l 706 755 356 528 8 3 450

LEFS40l-400l 756 805 406 578 8 3 450
LEFS40l-450l 806 855 456 628 8 3 450
LEFS40l-500l 856 905 506 678 10 4 600
LEFS40l-550l 906 955 556 728 10 4 600
LEFS40l-600l 956 1005 606 778 10 4 600
LEFS40l-650l 1006 1055 656 828 12 5 750
LEFS40l-700l 1056 1105 706 878 12 5 750
LEFS40l-750l 1106 1155 756 928 12 5 750
LEFS40l-800l 1156 1205 806 978 14 6 900
Specific Product
Precautions
LEFS40l-850l 1206 1255 856 1028 14 6 900

LEFS40l-900l 1256 1305 906 1078 14 6 900
LEFS40l-950l 1306 1355 956 1128 16 7 1050
LEFS40l-1000l 1356 1405 1006 1178 16 7 1050
48
Series LEFS
Dimensions: Motor Parallel

LEFS16
Connector
Motor cable Lock cable
20 15
Step motor
20
20
With lock: LEFS16-B 24 15
Servo motor
24
20
Motor cable
(2 x ø5)
Cable length ≈ 400
65
65
ø3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025

depth 3
65
(121.9) (2.4) (80.5) (2.4)
4 x M4 x 0.7
(7.5)
(108) thread depth 6.4 (66.5)
Body mounting reference plane Note 1)
39.4
(7.5)
Lock cable
77.5
(ø3.3)
28
3.5
3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
depth 3 24
40
(72)
L
7 (37) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 37 29.5
(41) [39] Note 4) Stroke 39 [(41)] Note 4)
(7.5) (33) 40 (4) [2] Note 4) [Origin] Note 4) Origin Note 3) 2 [4] Note 4)
27
40
33
(35)
(40)
20
6
M4 x 0.7 5.5
thread depth 7
B 8
(F.G. terminal)
D x 100 (= E) F
3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
100
n x ø3.5 depth 3
Motor mounting position: Left side parallel Motor mounting position: Right side parallel
4
LEFS16L LEFS16R
34
77.5 77.5
39.2
39.2
35
35
Dimensions (mm)
Model L A B n D E F
Note 1) When mounting the actuator using the body mounting refer- LEFS16-50 166.5 56 130 4 — — 15
ence plane, set the height of the opposite surface or pin to be LEFS16-100 216.5 106 180 4 — —
2 mm or more. (Recommended height 5 mm) LEFS16-150 266.5 156 230 4 —
Note 2) Distance within which the table can move when it returns to LEFS16-200 316.5 206 280 6 2 200
origin. Make sure a workpiece mounted on the table does not LEFS16-250 366.5 256 330 6 2
interfere with the work pieces and facilities around the table.
LEFS16-300 416.5 306 380 8 3 300 40
LEFS16-350 466.5 356 430 8 3
LEFS16-400 516.5 406 480 10 4 400
LEFS16-450 566.5 456 530 10 4
LEFS16-500 616.5 506 580 12 5 500
49
Selection
Model

LEFS25R
Connector
LEFS
20 15
Step motor
20
20
24 15
With lock: LEFS25-B
LEFB
Servo motor
24
20
Motor cable
(2 x ø5)
65
65
65
Motor cable

ø3H9 ( 0
+0.025
) (2 x ø5)
LECA6
(125.5) (2.4) (85) (2.4)
depth 3
(7.5)
(109) 4 x M5 x 0.8 (68.5)

thread depth 8.5
(7.5)
Lock cable
50
(ø3.5)
106
38
3.5
3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
depth 3 45
64
(102)
L
10 (52) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 52 40.5
(56) [54] Note 4) Stroke 54 [(56)] Note 4)
58 (4) [2] Note 4) [Origin] Note 4) Origin Note 3) 2 [(4)] Note 4)
(7.5) (46) 38
38.5
48
(45.9)
(48)
24
6.5
LEFS
M4 x 0.7 6
thread depth 8 B 10
(F.G. terminal)
D x 120 (= E) F
AC Servo Motor
3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
120
Motor mounting position: Left side parallel Motor mounting position: Right side parallel n x ø4.5 depth 3
4
48
106 106
LEFB
46
46
47
47
LEFG LECS□
Dimensions (mm)
Model L A B n D E F
LEFS25ll-50l 210.5 56 160 4 — — 20
LEFS25ll-100l 260.5 106 210 4 — —
Note 1) When mounting the actuator using the body mounting refer- LEFS25ll-150l 310.5 156 260 4 — —
ence plane, set the height of the opposite surface or pin to be LEFS25ll-200l 360.5 206 310 6 2 240
3 mm or more. (Recommended height 5 mm)
LEFS25ll-250l 410.5 256 360 6 2 240
Note 2) Distance within which the table can move when it returns to
origin. Make sure a workpiece mounted on the table does not
LEFS25ll-300l 460.5 306 410 8 3 360
interfere with the work pieces and facilities around the table. LEFS25ll-350l 510.5 356 460 8 3 360 35
LEFS25ll-400l 560.5 406 510 8 3 360
Specific Product

Precautions
Note 4) [ ] for when the direction of return to origin has changed. LEFS25ll-450l 610.5 456 560 10 4 480
LEFS25ll-500l 660.5 506 610 10 4 480
LEFS25ll-550l 710.5 556 660 12 5 600
LEFS25ll-600l 760.5 606 710 12 5 600
50
Series LEFS

LEFS32R
With lock: LEFS32-B Connector
Lock cable
(ø3.5) 20 15
Motor cable
20
20
(2 x ø5)
65
65

Motor cable
ø5H9 ( 0 ) (2 x ø5)
+0.030
65
(137) (2.4) depth 8 (Depth of counterbore 3) (94) (2.4)

(73.5)
(116.5) 4 x M6 x 1
thread depth 12.5 (Depth of counterbore 3)
(7.5)
(7.5)
60
132.5
44
5.5
5H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
depth 8 (Depth of counterbore 3) 42

70
(122)
L
10 (62) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 62 55
(66) [64] Note 4) Stroke 64 [(66)] Note 4)
70
4 [2] Note 4) [Origin] Note 4) Origin Note 3) 2 [4] Note 4)
(7.5) (59.9) 48
3
(59.9)
(63)
30
6.5
46.8
63
M4 x 0.7 7.5
thread depth 8 B 15
(F.G. terminal) D x 150 (= E) 15
5H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
150
n x ø5.5 depth 5
6
60
132.5 132.5
Dimensions (mm)
Model L A B n D E
60
60
62
LEFS32ll-50l
62
245 56 180 4 — —
LEFS32ll-100l 295 106 230 4 — —
LEFS32ll-150l 345 156 280 4 — —
LEFS32ll-200l 395 206 330 6 2 300
LEFS32ll-250l 445 256 380 6 2 300
LEFS32ll-300l 495 306 430 6 2 300
Note 1) When mounting the actuator using the body mounting refer- LEFS32ll-350l 545 356 480 8 3 450
ence plane, set the height of the opposite surface or pin to be LEFS32ll-400l 595 406 530 8 3 450
LEFS32ll-450l 645 456 580 8 3 450
LEFS32ll-500l 695 506 630 10 4 600
interfere with the work pieces and facilities around the table. LEFS32ll-550l 745 556 680 10 4 600
Note 3) Position after return to origin LEFS32ll-600l 795 606 730 10 4 600
Note 4) [ ] for when the direction of return to origin has changed. LEFS32ll-650l 845 656 780 12 5 750
LEFS32ll-700l 895 706 830 12 5 750
LEFS32ll-750l 945 756 880 12 5 750
LEFS32ll-800l 995 806 930 14 6 900
51
Selection
Model

LEFS40R
Connector
LEFS
With lock: LEFS40-B Motor cable Lock cable
20 15
Motor cable
(2 x ø5)
20
20
65
65
65

ø6H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
(121.5) (2.4)
LEFB
(164.5) (2.4) depth 7
(7.5)
(138.5) (95.5)
4 x M8 x 1.25
thread depth 13
(7.5)
74
153
Lock cable
LECA6
(ø3.3)
58
7
6H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
depth 7 60
106
(170)
L
13 86 A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 86 62.4
90 (90) [88] Note 4) Stroke 88 [(90)] Note 4)
(7.5) 60 61 (4) [2] Note 4) [Origin] Note 4) Origin Note 3) 2 [(4)] Note 4)
53.8
68
(68)
60
31
8
M4 x 0.7 8 B 15
thread depth 8 D x 150 (= E) 60
(F.G. terminal)
6H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
150
depth 6
LEFS
7
76
AC Servo Motor
n x ø6.6
LEFB
153 153 Dimensions (mm)

Model L A B n D E
LEFS40ll-150l 403.4 156 328 4 — 150
LEFS40ll-200l 453.4 206 378 6 2 300
60
60
64
64
LEFS40ll-250l 503.4 256 428 6 2 300

LEFS40ll-300l 553.4 306 478 6 2 300
LEFG LECS□
LEFS40ll-350l 603.4 356 528 8 3 450

LEFS40ll-400l 653.4 406 578 8 3 450
LEFS40ll-450l 703.4 456 628 8 3 450
LEFS40ll-500l 753.4 506 678 10 4 600
Note 1) When mounting the actuator using the body mounting refer- LEFS40ll-550l 803.4 556 728 10 4 600
ence plane, set the height of the opposite surface or pin to be LEFS40ll-600l 853.4 606 778 10 4 600
LEFS40ll-650l 903.4 656 828 12 5 750
LEFS40ll-700l 953.4 706 878 12 5 750
interfere with the work pieces and facilities around the table. LEFS40ll-750l 1003.4 756 928 12 5 750
LEFS40ll-800l 1053.4 806 978 14 6 900
Specific Product

Precautions
Note 4) [ ] for when the direction of return to origin has changed. LEFS40ll-850l 1103.4 856 1028 14 6 900
LEFS40ll-900l 1153.4 906 1078 14 6 900
LEFS40ll-950l 1203.4 956 1128 16 7 1050
LEFS40ll-1000l 1253.4 1006 1178 16 7 1050
52
Ball Screw Drive Step Motor
Servo Motor
Clean Room Specification (Servo/24 VDC)
(24 VDC)
Series 11-LEFS
®
LEFS16, 25, 32, 40 RoHS
How to Order
11 LEFS H 16 B 100 S 1 6N 1
Clean Series
11 Vacuum type
q w e r t y u i o !0 !1 !2
q Accuracy w Size e Motor type

Nil Basic type 16 Applicable size Compatible
H High precision type 25 Symbol Type controller/
11-LEFS16 11-LEFS25 11-LEFS32 11-LEFS40 driver
32
40 LECP6
Step motor LECP1
Nil V V V V
(Servo/24 VDC) LECPA
LECPMJ
Servo motor
A V V — — LECA6
r Lead [mm] (24 VDC)
Symbol 11-LEFS16 11-LEFS25 11-LEFS32 11-LEFS40
A 10 12 16 20
Caution
B 5 6 8 10
[CE-compliant products]
q EMC compliance was tested by combining the electric actuator LEF series and the controller
LEC series.
with other electrical equipment and wiring. Therefore, conformity to the EMC directive cannot
t Stroke [mm] be certified for SMC components incorporated into the customer’s equipment under actual
operating conditions. As a result, it is necessary for the customer to verify conformity to the
50 50
EMC directive for the machinery and equipment as a whole.
to to w For the servo motor (24 VDC) specification, EMC compliance was tested by installing a noise
1000 1000 filter set (LEC-NFA). Refer to page 79 for the noise filter set. Refer to the LECA series
* Refer to the applicable stroke table. Operation Manual for installation.
[UL-compliant products]
When conformity to UL is required, the electric actuator and controller/driver should be used with
a UL1310 Class 2 power supply.

Stroke Manufacturable
(mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 stroke range [mm]
Model
11-LEFS16 V V V V V V V V V V — — — — — — — — — — 50 to 500
11-LEFS25 V V V V V V V V V V V V — — — — — — — — 50 to 600
11-LEFS32 V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V — — — — 50 to 800
11-LEFS40 — — V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V 150 to 1000
Support Guide/Series LEFG
A support guide is designed to
support work pieces with
significant overhang.
Page 169

q w
A 53
Ball Screw Drive Series 11-LEFS
Selection
Model
LEFS
LEFB
y Motor option u Vacuum port i Actuator cable type*1
Nil Without option Nil Left Nil Without cable
LECA6
B With lock R Right S Standard cable*2
R: Right R Robotic cable (Flexible cable)
*1 The standard cable should be used on fixed
o Actuator cable length [m] parts. For using on moving parts, select the
robotic cable.
Nil Without cable *2 Only available for the motor type “Step
1 1.5 m Nil: Left motor.”
3 3m
5 5m
8 8 m*
A 10 m* !0 Controller/Driver type*1 !1 I/O cable length*1, Communication plug
*
B 15 m Nil Without controller/driver Nil Without cable (Without communication plug connector)*3
C 20 m* 6N LECP6/LECA6 NPN 1 1.5 m
* Produced upon receipt of order (Robotic cable only) 6P (Step data input type) PNP 3 3 m*2
Refer to the specifications Note 2) on pages 55 and 56. 1N LECP1 *2 NPN 5 5 m*2
1P (Programless type) PNP S Straight type communication plug connector*3
LECPMJ*2 *3 T T-branch type communication plug connector*3
!2 Controller/Driver mounting MJ
—
*1 When “Without controller/driver” is selected for
Nil Screw mounting
AN LECPA*2 *4 NPN controller/driver types, I/O cable cannot be selected.
D DIN rail mounting* Refer to page 79 (For LECP6/LECA6), page 95 (For
AP (Pulse input type) PNP
* DIN rail is not included. Order it separately. LECP1) or page 102 (For LECPA) if I/O cable is
*1 For details about controller/driver and required.
compatible motor, refer to the compatible *2 When “Pulse input type” is selected for controller/
controller/driver below. driver types, pulse input usable only with differential.
*2 Only available for the motor type “Step motor.” Only 1.5 m cables usable with open collector.
LEFS
*3 Not applicable to CE. *3 For the LECPMJ, only “Nil”, “S” and “T” are
*4 When pulse signals are open collector, order selectable since I/O cable is not included.
the current limit resistor (LEC-PA-R-l) on
page 99 separately.
AC Servo Motor
LEFB
Type
LEFG LECS□

Standard controller
Compatible Step motor Servo motor Step motor
Specific Product
motor (Servo/24 VDC) (24 VDC) (Servo/24 VDC)

Precautions
Max. number of step data 64 points 14 points —

54 A
Series 11-LEFS
Specifications
Model 11-LEFS16 11-LEFS25 11-LEFS32 11-LEFS40
Stroke [mm] Note 1) 50 to 500 50 to 600 50 to 800 150 to 1000
Work load Note 2) Horizontal 9 10 20 20 40 45 50 60
[kg] Vertical 2 4 7.5 15 10 20 — 23
Speed [mm/s] Note 2) 10 to 500 5 to 250 12 to 500 6 to 250 16 to 500 8 to 250 20 to 500 10 to 250

repeatability [mm] High precision type ±0.015
Lead [mm] 10 5 12 6 16 8 20 10
Actuation type Ball screw
Cleanliness class Note 5) ISO Class 4 (ISO 14644-1)
Grease Ball screw /Linear guide portion Low particle generation grease
Motor size 28 42 56.4

Power consumption [W] Note 6) 22 38 50 100
Standby power consumption when operating [W] Note 7) 18 16 44 43
Max. instantaneous power consumption [W] Note 8) 51 57 123 141
Lock unit
Holding force [N] 20 39 78 157 108 216 113 225

Power consumption [W] Note 10) 2.9 5 5 5
Note 2) Speed changes according to the controller/driver type and work load. Check “Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide)” on page 35.
Note 5) The amount of particle generation changes according to the operating conditions and suction flow rate. Refer to the particle generation
characteristics for details.
operation.
B 55
Selection
Model
Specifications

LEFS
Model 11-LEFS16A 11-LEFS25A
Stroke [mm] Note 1) 50 to 500 50 to 600
Work load Note 2) Horizontal 7 10 11 18
[kg] Vertical 2 4 2.5 5
Speed [mm/s] Note 2) 10 to 500 5 to 250 12 to 500 6 to 250
LEFB
repeatability [mm] High precision type ±0.015
Lead [mm] 10 5 12 6
LECA6
Cleanliness class Note 5) ISO Class 4 (ISO 14644-1)

Standby power consumption when operating [W] Note 7) Horizontal 4/Vertical 9 Horizontal 4/Vertical 9
specifications
Lock unit
Holding force [N] 20 39 78 157

Note 2) Check “Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide)” on page 36 for details. Furthermore, if the cable length exceeds 5 m, then it will decrease by up to 10% for each 5 m.
Note 4) Impact resistance: No malfunction occurred when the actuator was tested with a drop tester in both an axial direction and a perpendicular direction to the lead screw.
(Test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
Vibration resistance: No malfunction occurred in a test ranging between 45 to 2000 Hz. Test was performed in both an axial direction and a perpendicular direction to the
lead screw. (Test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
LEFS
Note 5) The amount of particle generation changes according to the operating conditions and suction flow rate. Refer to the particle generation characteristics for details.
Note 7) The standby power consumption when operating (including the controller) is for when the actuator is stopped in the set position during operation.
Note 8) The maximum instantaneous power consumption (including the controller) is for when the actuator is operating. This value can be used for the selection of the power supply.
AC Servo Motor
Weight LEFB
Series 11-LEFS16
Stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Product weight [kg] 0.83 0.90 0.98 1.05 1.13 1.20 1.28 1.35 1.43 1.50
Series 11-LEFS25
LEFG LECS□
Stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
Product weight [kg] 1.70 1.84 1.98 2.12 2.26 2.40 2.54 2.68 2.82 2.96 3.10 3.24
Series 11-LEFS32
Stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Product weight [kg] 3.15 3.35 3.55 3.75 3.95 4.15 4.35 4.55 4.75 4.95 5.15 5.35 5.55 5.75 5.95 6.15
Specific Product
Series 11-LEFS40
Precautions
Stroke [mm] 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
Product weight [kg] 5.37 5.65 5.93 6.21 6.49 6.77 7.15 7.33 7.61 7.89 8.17 8.45 8.75 9.01 9.29 9.57 9.85 10.13
56 B
Series 11-LEFS
Dimensions: Ball Screw Drive

11-LEFS16
(72)
ø3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
Body mounting Note 1) depth 3 40

28
thread depth 6.4
3.5
39.4
3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
depth 3

(37) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 37 (110)
40 7 (41) [39] Stroke 39 [(41)] (2.4) 65
27 4 [2] [Origin] Note 4) Origin Note 3) 2 [4]
9.2
46
6
20
33
40
5.5 6.5 Vacuum port M5 x 0.8 x 5

M4 x 0.7
thread depth 7
(F.G. terminal)
Motor option: With lock
Step Servo
65 15 15
20 20
24 20
3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
n x ø3.5 depth 3
4
34
100 8
D x 100 (= E) F
B
Dimensions [mm]
L
Model A B n D E F
11-LEFS16l-50l 247 289 56 130 4 — — 15
11-LEFS16l-100l 297 339 106 180 4 — —
11-LEFS16l-150l 347 389 156 230 4 —
11-LEFS16l-200l 397 439 206 280 6 2 200
11-LEFS16l-250l 447 489 256 330 6 2
11-LEFS16l-300l 497 539 306 380 8 3 300 40
11-LEFS16l-350l 547 589 356 430 8 3
11-LEFS16l-400l 597 639 406 480 10 4 400
11-LEFS16l-450l 647 689 456 530 10 4
11-LEFS16l-500l 697 739 506 580 12 5 500
A 57
Selection
Model

11-LEFS25
LEFS
ø3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025 (102)
Note 1) depth 3 64
Body mounting
thread depth 8.5
38
3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
3.5
50
LEFB
depth 3

(52) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 52 (115.5)
58 10 (56) [54] Stroke 54 [(56)] (2.4) 65
38 4 [2] [Origin] Note 4) Origin Note 3) 2 [4]
LECA6
34
57.5
6.5
24
13.9 Vacuum port Rc1/8

48
38.5
6
M4 x 0.7
thread depth 8
(F.G. terminal) Motor option: With lock Step Servo
(160.5) Cable length ≈ 250 motor motor
65 15 15
20 20
24 20
3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
n x ø4.5 depth 3
4
48
120 10
D x 120 (= E) F
B
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
Make sure a workpiece mounted on the table does not interfere
with the work pieces and facilities around the table.
LEFB
Dimensions [mm]
L
Model A B n D E F
11-LEFS25l-50l 285.5 330.5 56 160 4 — — 20
LEFG LECS□
11-LEFS25l-100l 335.5 380.5 106 210 4 — —

11-LEFS25l-150l 385.5 430.5 156 260 4 — —
11-LEFS25l-200l 435.5 480.5 206 310 6 2 240
11-LEFS25l-250l 485.5 530.5 256 360 6 2 240
11-LEFS25l-300l 535.5 580.5 306 410 8 3 360
11-LEFS25l-350l 585.5 630.5 356 460 8 3 360 35
11-LEFS25l-400l 635.5 680.5 406 510 8 3 360
11-LEFS25l-450l 685.5 730.5 456 560 10 4 480
11-LEFS25l-500l 735.5 780.5 506 610 10 4 480
11-LEFS25l-550l
Specific Product
785.5 830.5 556 660 12 5 600

Precautions
11-LEFS25l-600l 835.5 880.5 606 710 12 5 600
58
Series 11-LEFS

11-LEFS32
ø5H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
(122)
depth 5
4 x M6 x 1
reference plane 42
thread depth 9.9
44
5.5
60
5H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
depth 5

70
10 (66) [64] Stroke 64 [(66)] (2.4) 65
48
41.8
6.5
79
30
60

46.8
7.5 14.9 Vacuum port

M4 x 0.7 Rc1/8
thread depth 8
(F.G. terminal)
65 15 15
20
20
24
20
5H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
n x ø5.5 depth 5
6
60
150
D x 150 (= E) 15
B 15
Note 1) When mounting the actuator using the body mounting

reference plane, set the height of the opposite
surface or pin to be 3 mm or more because of R
chamfering. (Recommended height 5 mm)
Note 2) Distance within which the table can move when it
returns to origin. Make sure a workpiece mounted on
the table does not interfere with the work pieces and
facilities around the table.
Note 4) [ ] for when the direction of return to origin has Dimensions [mm]
changed. L
Model A B n D E
11-LEFS32l-50l 332 384 56 180 4 — —
11-LEFS32l-100l 382 434 106 230 4 — —
11-LEFS32l-150l 432 484 156 280 4 — —
11-LEFS32l-200l 482 534 206 330 6 2 300
11-LEFS32l-250l 532 584 256 380 6 2 300
11-LEFS32l-300l 582 634 306 430 6 2 300
11-LEFS32l-350l 632 684 356 480 8 3 450
11-LEFS32l-400l 682 734 406 530 8 3 450
11-LEFS32l-450l 732 784 456 580 8 3 450
11-LEFS32l-500l 782 834 506 630 10 4 600
11-LEFS32l-550l 832 884 556 680 10 4 600
11-LEFS32l-600l 882 934 606 730 10 4 600
11-LEFS32l-650l 932 984 656 780 12 5 750
11-LEFS32l-700l 982 1034 706 830 12 5 750
11-LEFS32l-750l 1032 1084 756 880 12 5 750
11-LEFS32l-800l 1082 1134 806 930 14 6 900
59
Selection
Model

11-LEFS40
LEFS
ø6H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
(170)
depth 7
Note 1)
106
Body mounting 4 x M8 x 1.25
reference plane 60
thread depth 13
58
74
LEFB
6H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
depth 7

90 13 (90) [88] Stroke 88 [(90)] (3.1)
LECA6
61 4 [2] [Origin] Note 4) Origin Note 3) 2 [4] 65
48.5
20
(68)
8
20
31

68
12.9
53.8
8
M4 x 0.7 Vacuum port
thread depth 8 Rc1/8
(F.G. terminal)
(214) Cable length ≈ 250
65 15
20
20
Lock cable (ø3.3)
Motor cable (2 x ø5) 20
6H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
n x ø6.6
depth 6
7
76
150 15
D x 150 (= E) 60
B
LEFS
Note 1) W hen mounting the actuator using the body
mounting reference plane, set the height of the
AC Servo Motor
opposite surface or pin to be 3 mm or more because
of R chamfering. (Recommended height 5 mm)
Note 2) Distance within which the table can move when it
returns to origin. Make sure a workpiece mounted
on the table does not interfere with the work pieces
and facilities around the table. Dimensions [mm]
LEFB
Note 3) Position after return to origin L

Note 4) [ ] for when the direction of return to origin has
Model A B n D E
changed. 11-LEFS40l-150l 506 555 156 328 4 — 150
11-LEFS40l-200l 556 605 206 378 6 2 300
11-LEFS40l-250l 606 655 256 428 6 2 300
11-LEFS40l-300l 656 705 306 478 6 2 300
LEFG LECS□
11-LEFS40l-350l 706 755 356 528 8 3 450

11-LEFS40l-400l 756 805 406 578 8 3 450
11-LEFS40l-450l 806 855 456 628 8 3 450
11-LEFS40l-500l 856 905 506 678 10 4 600
11-LEFS40l-550l 906 955 556 728 10 4 600
11-LEFS40l-600l 956 1005 606 778 10 4 600
11-LEFS40l-650l 1006 1055 656 828 12 5 750
11-LEFS40l-700l 1056 1105 706 878 12 5 750
11-LEFS40l-750l 1106 1155 756 928 12 5 750
11-LEFS40l-800l 1156 1205 806 978 14 6 900
Specific Product
Precautions
11-LEFS40l-850l 1206 1255 856 1028 14 6 900

11-LEFS40l-900l 1256 1305 906 1078 14 6 900
11-LEFS40l-950l 1306 1355 956 1128 16 7 1050
11-LEFS40l-1000l 1356 1405 1006 1178 16 7 1050
60
Belt Drive Step Motor
Servo Motor
(Servo/24 VDC)
(24 VDC)
Series LEFB
®
LEFB16, 25, 32 RoHS
The belt drive actuator cannot be

How to Order used vertically for applications.
LEFB 16 T 500 R 1 6N 1
q w e r t y u i o !0
q Size w Motor type

16 Applicable size Compatible
25 Symbol Type
controller/driver
32 LEFB16 LEFB25 LEFB32
LECP6
Step motor LECP1
Nil V V V
(Servo/24 VDC) LECPA
LECPMJ
Servo motor
A V V — LECA6
(24 VDC)
e Equivalent lead [mm]

T 48 Caution
q EMC compliance was tested by combining the electric actuator LEF series and the controller
LEC series.
with other electrical equipment and wiring. Therefore, conformity to the EMC directive cannot
be certified for SMC components incorporated into the customer’s equipment under actual
operating conditions. As a result, it is necessary for the customer to verify conformity to the
r Stroke [mm] EMC directive for the machinery and equipment as a whole.
300 300 w For the servo motor (24 VDC) specification, EMC compliance was tested by installing a noise
to to filter set (LEC-NFA). Refer to page 79 for the noise filter set. Refer to the LECA series
2000 2000 Operation Manual for installation.
* Refer to the applicable stroke table.
When conformity to UL is required, the electric actuator and controller/driver should be used with
a UL1310 Class 2 power supply.

Stroke
300 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000
Model
LEFB16 V V V V V V V — — — — Support Guide/Series LEFG
LEFB25 V V V V V V V V V V V support work pieces with
LEFB32 V V V V V V V V V V V significant overhang.
Page 169

q w
A 61
Belt Drive Series LEFB
Selection
Model
LEFS
LEFB
LECA6
t Motor option y Actuator cable type*1 u Actuator cable length [m]
Nil Without option Nil Without cable Nil Without cable
B With lock S Standard cable*2 1 1.5
R Robotic cable (Flexible cable) 3 3
*1 The standard cable should be used on fixed 5 5
parts. For using on moving parts, select the
i Controller/Driver type*1 robotic cable.
8 8*
Nil Without controller/driver *2 Only available for the motor type “Step motor.” A 10*
6N LECP6/LECA6 NPN B 15*
6P (Step data input type) PNP o I/O cable length*1, Communication plug C 20*
*3
1N LECP1*2 NPN Nil Without cable (Without communication plug connector) * Produced upon receipt of order (Robotic cable only)
1P (Programless type) PNP 1 1.5 m Refer to the specifications Note 2) on pages 63 and 64.
LECPMJ*2 *3 3 3 m*2
MJ — !0 Controller/Driver mounting
(CC-Link direct input type) 5 5 m*2
Nil Screw mounting
AN LECPA*2 *4 NPN S Straight type communication plug connector*3
D DIN rail mounting*
AP (Pulse input type) PNP T T-branch type communication plug connector*3
* DIN rail is not included. Order it separately.
*1 For details about controller/driver and *1 When “Without controller/driver” is selected
compatible motor, refer to the compatible for controller/driver types, I/O cable cannot
controller/driver below. be selected. Refer to page 79 (For LECP6/
*2 Only available for the motor type “Step LECA6), page 95 (For LECP1) or page 102
motor.” (For LECPA) if I/O cable is required.
*2 When “Pulse input type” is selected for
*3 Not applicable to CE. controller/driver types, pulse input usable
*4 When pulse signals are open collector, order only with differential. Only 1.5 m cables
the current limit resistor (LEC-PA-R-l) on usable with open collector.
LEFS
page 99 separately. *3 For the LECPMJ, only “Nil”, “S” and “T” are
selectable since I/O cable is not included.
AC Servo Motor
LEFB
Type
LEFG LECS□

Standard controller
Step motor Servo motor Step motor

Compatible motor
(Servo/24 VDC) (24 VDC) (Servo/24 VDC)
Specific Product
Precautions
Maximum number of step data 64 points 14 points —

62 A
Series LEFB
Specifications
Model LEFB16 LEFB25 LEFB32
300, 500, 600, 700 300, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900 300, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900
Stroke [mm] Note 1)
800, 900, 1000 1000, 1200, 1500, 1800, 2000 1000, 1200, 1500, 1800, 2000
Work load [kg] Note 2) Horizontal 1 5 14
Speed [mm/s] Note 2) 48 to 1100 48 to 1400 48 to 1500

Positioning repeatability [mm] ±0.08
Lost motion [mm] Note 3) 0.1 or less
Equivalent lead [mm] 48 48 48
Actuation type Belt
Motor size 28 42 56.4

Power consumption [W] Note 5) 24 32 52
Standby power consumption when operating [W] Note 6) 18 16 44
Max. instantaneous power consumption [W] Note 7) 51 60 127
Lock unit
Holding force [N] 4 19 36

Power consumption [W] Note 9) 2.9 5 5
Note 2) Speed changes according to the controller/driver type and work load. Check “Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide)” on page 30.
Furthermore, if the cable length exceeds 5 m, then it will decrease by up to 10% for each 5 m. Cannot be used vertically for applications.
operation.
63
Selection
Model
Specifications

LEFS
Model LEFB16A LEFB25A
300, 500, 600, 700 300, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900
Stroke [mm] Note 1)
800, 900, 1000 1000, 1200, 1500, 1800, 2000
Work load [kg] Note 2) Horizontal 1 2
Speed [mm/s] Note 2) 48 to 2000 48 to 2000

LEFB
Equivalent lead [mm] 48 48
Actuation type Belt
LECA6

Standby power consumption when operating [W] Note 6) Horizontal 4 Horizontal 5
Lock unit
Holding force [N] 4 19

Note 2) Check “Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide)” on page 30 for details. Furthermore, if the cable length exceeds 5 m, then it will decrease by up to 10%
for each 5 m.
operation.
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
Weight
Series LEFB16
LEFB
Stroke [mm] 300 500 600 700 800 900 1000
Product weight [kg] 1.19 1.45 1.58 1.71 1.84 1.97 2.10
Series LEFB25
Stroke [mm] 300 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000
LEFG LECS□
Product weight [kg] 2.39 2.85 3.08 3.31 3.54 3.77 4.00 4.46 5.15 5.84 6.30
Series LEFB32
Stroke [mm] 300 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000
Product weight [kg] 4.12 4.80 5.14 5.48 5.82 6.16 6.50 7.18 8.20 9.22 9.90
Specific Product
Precautions
64
Series LEFB
Construction
Series LEFB
!7 @1 q i y u i !7 !6
!9
!5
o @5 @3 !1 !2 t r e !8
A
@4
A
w !0 @0 !3 @2 !4
A-A
No. Description Material Note

1 Body Aluminum alloy Anodized
2 Rail guide —
3 Belt —
4 Belt holder Carbon steel Chromating
5 Belt stopper Aluminum alloy Anodized
6 Table Aluminum alloy Anodized
7 Blanking plate Aluminum alloy Anodized
8 Seal band stopper Synthetic resin
9 Housing A Aluminum die-cast Coating
10 Pulley holder Aluminum alloy
11 Pulley shaft Stainless steel
12 End pulley Aluminum alloy Anodized
13 Motor pulley Aluminum alloy Anodized
14 Motor mount Aluminum alloy Anodized
15 Motor cover Aluminum alloy Anodized
16 End cover Aluminum alloy Anodized
17 Band stopper Stainless steel
18 Motor —
19 Rubber bushing NBR
20 Stopper Aluminum alloy
21 Dust seal band Stainless steel
22 Bearing —
23 Bearing —
24 Tension adjustment bolt Chromium molybdenum steel Chromating
25 Pulley fixing bolt Chromium molybdenum steel Chromating
65
Selection
Model
Dimensions: Belt Drive

LEFB16 ø3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
(72)
LEFS
depth 3
reference plane 4 x M4 x 0.7
24
thread depth 6.4
28
3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
Motor option:
3.5
39.4
depth 3 With lock Step Servo
L Cable length ≈ 250 motor motor
(2.4)
LEFB
Lock cable
7 (92) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 37 53.5 (1.5) 65 20 24
40 (ø3.5)
(2.4)
(96) [94] Stroke 39 [(41)]
20 24
20 20
27
(142.2)
40 65 15 15
Motor cable
(94.7)
33
Cable length
(2 x ø5)
8.7
LECA6
≈ 250
6
20
Belt tension adjustment bolt

3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
5.5
(M3: Width across flats 2.5)
11.7 n x ø3.5 depth 3
4
M4 x 0.7
34
thread depth 7
(F.G. terminal) 150 8
[mm]
D x 150 (= E) 20
B Model L A B n D E
LEFB16T-300l 495.5 306 435 6 2 300
LEFB16lT-500l 695.5 506 635 10 4 600
more because of R chamfering. (Recommended height 5 mm) LEFB16lT-600l 795.5 606 735 10 4 600
Note 2) Distance within which the table can move when it returns to origin. Make sure a workpiece LEFB16lT-700l 895.5 706 835 12 5 750
mounted on the table does not interfere with the work pieces and facilities around the table. LEFB16lT-800l 995.5 806 935 14 6 900
Note 3) Position after return to origin LEFB16lT-900l 1095.5 906 1035 14 6 900
Note 4) [ ] for when the direction of return to origin has changed. LEFB16lT-1000l 1195.5 1006 1135 16 7 1050
ø3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
LEFB25 depth 3
(102)
thread depth 8.5
38
3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
3.5
Motor option:
50
L depth 3 Cable length ≈ 250 With lock Step Servo
LEFS
motor motor
(2.4)
10 (109) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 52 64.8 (1.5) 65 Lock cable

20 24
58 (ø3.5)
(2.4)
(113) [111] Stroke 54 [(56)]

38
20 24
20 20
[Origin] Note 4) Origin Note 3)
AC Servo Motor
4 [2] 2 [4]
38.5
48
65 15 15
(H)
(H)
12.5
Cable length
6.5
≈ 250
LEFB
24
6 Motor cable
Belt tension adjustment bolt
3H9 ( 0 ) (2 x ø4.7)
17 +0.025
(M3: Width across flats 2.5) n x ø4.5 [mm]
M4 x 0.7 depth 3
Model H
4
thread depth 8
(F.G. terminal) LEFB25T- ST 115.8
48
LEFB25T- ST B 158.8
LEFG LECS□
LEFB25AT- ST 98.8
170 10
LEFB25AT- ST B 139.8
D x 170 (= E) 25
Model L A B n D E
B LEFB25T-300 541.8 306 467 6 2 340
LEFB25T-500 741.8 506 667 8 3 510
Note 1) When mounting the actuator using the body mounting reference LEFB25T-600 841.8 606 767 10 4 680
plane, set the height of the opposite surface or pin to be 3 mm or LEFB25T-700 941.8 706 867 10 4 680
more because of R chamfering. (Recommended height 5 mm) LEFB25T-800 1041.8 806 967 12 5 850
Note 2) Distance within which the table can move when it returns to origin. LEFB25T-900 1141.8 906 1067 14 6 1020
Make sure a workpiece mounted on the table does not interfere LEFB25T-1000
Specific Product
1241.8 1006 1167 14 6 1020

Precautions
with the work pieces and facilities around the table. LEFB25T-1200 1441.8 1206 1367 16 7 1190
Note 3) Position after return to origin LEFB25T-1500 1741.8 1506 1667 20 9 1530
LEFB25T-1800 2041.8 1806 1967 24 11 1870
LEFB25T-2000 2241.8 2006 2167 26 12 2040
66
Series LEFB

LEFB32
ø5H9 (+0.030
0 ) (122)
Note 1)
depth 5 70
Body mounting
reference plane 4 x M6 x 1 42
thread depth 8.5
44
5.5
60
5H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
depth 5
Motor option:
With lock Step Servo
L Cable length ≈ 250 motor motor
(2.4)
Lock cable 20 24
10 (121) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 62 86.6 (1.5) 65
70 (ø3.5)
(2.4)
20 24
20 20
48 (125) [123] Stroke 64 [(66)]
65 15 15
Cable length
46.8
(140.3)
60
≈ 250
(185.4)
15.8
6.5
30
Motor cable
7.5 Belt tension adjustment bolt (2 x ø5)
22 (M3: Width across flats 2.5)
M4 x 0.7
thread depth 8
5H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
(F.G. terminal) n x ø5.5 depth 5
6
60
200 15
D x 200 (= E) 25
B
[mm]
Model L A B n D E
Note 1) When mounting the actuator using the body mounting refer-
LEFB32T-300 585.6 306 489 6 2 400
ence plane, set the height of the opposite surface or pin to be 3 mm
or more because of R chamfering. (Recommended height 5 mm)
LEFB32T-500 785.6 506 689 8 3 600
Note 2) Distance within which the table can move when it returns to origin. LEFB32T-600 885.6 606 789 8 3 600
Make sure a workpiece mounted on the table does not interfere LEFB32T-700 985.6 706 889 10 4 800
with the work pieces and facilities around the table. LEFB32T-800 1085.6 806 989 10 4 800
Note 3) Position after return to origin LEFB32T-900 1185.6 906 1089 12 5 1000
Note 4) [ ] for when the direction of return to origin has changed. LEFB32T-1000 1285.6 1006 1189 12 5 1000
LEFB32T-1200 1485.6 1206 1389 14 6 1200
LEFB32T-1500 1785.6 1506 1689 18 8 1600
LEFB32T-1800 2085.6 1806 1989 20 9 1800
LEFB32T-2000 2285.6 2006 2189 22 10 2000
67
LEF
Series
Electric Actuator
Selection
Specific Product Precautions 1
Model
Be sure to read this before handling. Refer to the back cover for Safety Instructions.
For Electric Actuator Precautions, refer to “Handling Precautions for SMC Products”

and the Operation Manual on SMC website, http://www.smcworld.com
LEFS
Design Handling
Caution Caution
1. Do not apply a load in excess of the operating limit. 3. Never hit at the stroke end except during return to
Select a suitable actuator by work load and allowable moment. origin.
If the product is used outside of the operating limit, the When incorrect instructions are inputted, such as using the
LEFB
eccentric load applied to the guide will be excessive and have product outside of the operating limit or operation outside of
adverse effects such as creating play on the guide, degrading actual stroke through changes in the controller/driver setting
accuracy and shortening the life of the product. and/or origin position, the table may collide against the stroke
2. Do not use the product in applications where end of the actuator. Check these points before use.
excessive external force or impact force is applied If the table collides against the stroke end of the actuator, the
LECA6
to it. guide, belt or internal stopper can be broken. This may lead to
This can cause a failure. abnormal operation.
Handling
Caution Handle the actuator with care when it is used in the vertical
1. Set the position determination width in the step direction as the workpiece will fall freely from its own weight.
data to at least 0.5 (at least 1 for the belt type). 4. The moving force should be the initial value.
Otherwise, completion signal of in position may not be output. If the moving force is set below the initial value, it may cause
2. INP output signal an alarm.
1) Positioning operation 5. The actual speed of this actuator is affected by the
When the product comes within the set range by step data work load.
[In position], the INP output signal will turn on. Check the model selection section of the catalog.
Initial value: Set to [0.50] or higher.
6. Do not apply a load, impact or resistance in addition
to the transferred load during return to origin.
Additional force will cause the displacement of the origin
position since it is based on detected motor torque.
7. Do not dent, scratch or cause other damage to the
body and table mounting surfaces.
LEFS
This may cause unevenness in the mounting surface, play in
the guide or an increase in the sliding resistance.
AC Servo Motor
8. Do not apply strong impact or an excessive moment
while mounting a workpiece.
If an external force over the allowable moment is applied, it
may cause play in the guide or an increase in the sliding
LEFB
resistance.
9. Keep the flatness of mounting surface 0.1 mm or less.
Unevenness of a workpiece or base mounted on the body of
the product may cause play in the guide and an increase in
the sliding resistance.
LEFG LECS□
10. When mounting the product, keep a 40 mm or

longer diameter for bends in the cable.
11. Do not hit the table with the workpiece in the
positioning operation and positioning range.
12. Grease is applied to the dust seal band for sliding.
When wiping off the grease to remove foreign
matter etc., be sure to apply it again.
Specific Product
Precautions
13. For ceiling mounting, the dust seal band may be

deflected.
68 A
LEF
Series
Electric Actuator
Handling
Caution
14. When mounting the product, use screws with adequate 17. Check the specifications for the minimum speed
length and tighten them with adequate torque. of each actuator.
Tightening the screws with a higher torque than recommended Otherwise, unexpected malfunctions, such as knocking, may occur.
may cause a malfunction and/or decrease in guide accuracy, 18. In the case of the belt drive actuator, vibration
whilst the tightening with a lower torque can cause the may occur during operation at speeds within the
displacement of the mounting position or in extreme conditions actuator specifications, this could be caused by
the actuator could become detached from its mounting position. the operating conditions. Change the speed
setting to a speed that does not cause vibration.
Body fixed øA
L Maintenance
Max. tightening torque øA L

Warning
Model Bolt
(N·m) (mm) (mm) Maintenance frequency
LEFl16 M3 0.6 3.5 20 Perform maintenance according to the table below.
LEFl25 M4 1.5 4.5 24
LEFl32 M5 3.0 5.5 30 Frequency Appearance check Internal check Belt check
LEFl40 M6 5.2 6.6 31 Inspection before
 — —
daily operation
Inspection every
Body mounting 6 months/1000 km/   
5 million cycles∗
Body mounting ∗ Select whichever comes sooner.
reference plane
• Items for visual appearance check
1. Loose set screws, Abnormal dirt
2. Check of flaw and cable joint
Positioning pin
(Reference plane)
3. Vibration, Noise
• Items for internal check
1. Lubricant condition on moving parts.
2. Loose or mechanical play in fixed parts or fixing screws.
Positioning pin (Reference plane) • Items for belt check
Stop operation immediately and replace the belt when belt
Positioning pin appear to be below. Further, ensure your operating
(Housing B bottom) environment and conditions satisfy the requirements specified
for the product.
Body mounting
reference plane a. Tooth shape canvas is worn out.
Canvas fiber becomes fuzzy. Rubber is removed and the
Positioning pin fiber becomes whitish. Lines of fibers become unclear.
b. Peeling off or wearing of the side of the belt
The traveling parallelism is the reference plane for the body mounting Belt corner becomes round and frayed thread sticks out.
reference plane.
If the traveling parallelism for a table is required, set the reference
c. Belt partially cut
plane against parallel pins etc. Belt is partially cut. Foreign matter caught in teeth other than
cut part causes flaw.
d. Vertical line of belt teeth
Workpiece fixed Flaw which is made when the belt runs on the flange.
Max. tightening L (Max. screw-in e. Rubber back of the belt is softened and sticky.
Model Bolt
torque (N·m) depth) (mm) f . Crack on the back of the belt
L
LEFl16 M4 x 0.7 1.5 6

LEFl25 M5 x 0.8 3.0 8
• Belt replacement for motor parallel type (Guide)
LEFl32 M6 x 1 5.2 9
It is recommended that the belt be replaced after being in
LEFS40 M8 x 1.25 12.5 13 service for 2 years, or before reaching the following distance.
To prevent the workpiece fixing bolts from touching the body, use bolts Model Distance Model Distance
that are 0.5 mm or shorter than the maximum screw-in depth. If long LEFS16lA 2000 km LEFS32lH 6000 km
bolts are used, they can touch the body and cause a malfunction etc. LEFS16lB 1000 km LEFS32lA 4000 km
Model Distance LEFS32lB 2000 km
15. Do not operate by fixing the table and moving the LEFS25lH 4100 km Model Distance
actuator body. LEFS25lA 2500 km LEFS40lH 6000 km
16. The belt drive actuator cannot be used vertically LEFS25lB 1200 km LEFS40lA 4000 km
for applications. LEFS40lB 2000 km
A 69
Controller/Driver
Selection
Model
Step Data Input Type Page 71
LEFS
LEFB
LECA6
Series LECP6 Series LECA6
CC-Link Direct Input Type Page 83 Gateway Unit Page 86
LEFS
Series LECPMJ Series LEC-G AC Servo Motor
Programless Type Page 89 Pulse Input Type Page 96 LEFG LECS□ LEFB
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC)

Specific Product
Precautions
Series LECP1 Series LECPA

70
Step Data Input Type ®
Series LECP6 RoHS

Series LECA6
How to Order
Caution
LE C P 6 N
q EMC compliance was tested by com-
bining the electric actuator LEF series
and the controller LEC series. Series LECP6 Series LECA6
The EMC depends on the configura- Controller
tion of the customer’s control panel
and the relationship with other electri-
Actuator part number
Compatible motor
cal equipment and wiring. Therefore, (Except cable specification and actuator options)
conformity to the EMC directive can- Step motor
not be certified for SMC components P (Servo/24 VDC)
Example: Enter “LEFS16A-400” for the
incorporated into the customer’s LEFS16A-400B-R16N1.
equipment under actual operating Servo motor
conditions. As a result, it is necessary
A (24 VDC)
for the customer to verify conformity Option
to the EMC directive for the machin-
ery and equipment as a whole. Number of step data (Points) Nil Screw mounting
I/O cable length [m]
w For the LECA6 series (servo motor
6 64 D Note) DIN rail mounting
controller), EMC compliance was Nil Without cable
Note) DIN rail is not included.
tested by installing a noise filter set
1 1.5 Order it separately.
(LEC-NFA). Refer to page 79 for the Parallel I/O type
noise filter set. Refer to the LECA 3 3
series Operation Manual for installation. N NPN
5 5
[UL-compliant products] P PNP
When conformity to UL is required, the
electric actuator and controller should be
used with a UL1310 Class 2 power
∗ When controller equipped type (-l6Nl/-l6Pl) is selected when ordering the LE series,
supply.
you do not need to order this controller.
The controller is sold as single unit after the compatible actuator is set.
Confirm that the combination of the controller and the actuator is correct.
q Check the actuator label for model number. This matches the controller.
q w
∗ Refer to the Operation Manual for using the products. Please download it via our website, http://www.smcworld.com
Specifications
Basic Specifications
Item LECP6 LECA6
Compatible motor Step motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo motor (24 VDC)
Power voltage: 24 VDC ±10% Current consumption: 3 A (Peak 5 A) Note 2) Power voltage: 24 VDC ±10% Current consumption: 3 A (Peak 10 A) Note 2)
Power supply Note 1)
[Including motor drive power, control power, stop, lock release] [Including motor drive power, control power, stop, lock release]
Parallel input 11 inputs (Photo-coupler isolation)
Parallel output 13 outputs (Photo-coupler isolation)
Compatible encoder Incremental A/B phase (800 pulse/rotation) Incremental A/B (800 pulse/rotation)/Z phase
Serial communication RS485 (Modbus protocol compliant)
Memory EEPROM
LED indicator LED (Green/Red) one of each
Lock control Forced-lock release terminal Note 3)
Cable length [m] I/O cable: 5 or less, Actuator cable: 20 or less
Cooling system Natural air cooling
Operating temperature range [°C] 0 to 40 (No freezing)
Storage temperature range [°C] −10 to 60 (No freezing)
Storage humidity range [%RH] 90 or less (No condensation)
Between the housing and SG terminal
Insulation resistance [MΩ]
50 (500 VDC)
150 (Screw mounting)
Weight [g]
170 (DIN rail mounting)
Note 1) Do not use the power supply of “inrush current prevention type” for the controller power supply. When conformity to UL is required, the electric
actuator and controller should be used with a UL1310 Class 2 power supply.
Note 2) The power consumption changes depending on the actuator model. Refer to the specifications of actuator for more details.
Note 3) Applicable to non-magnetizing lock.
71
Step Data Input Type/Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Series LECP6
Step Data Input Type/Servo Motor (24 VDC) Series LECA6
Selection
Model
How to Mount

a) Screw mounting (LECl6ll-l) b) DIN rail mounting (LECl6llD-l)
LEFS
(Installation with two M4 screws) (Installation with the DIN rail)
DIN rail is locked.

Ground wire Ground
Ground wire wire
Mounting direction
LEFB
DIN rail
LECA6
Mounting direction
A
DIN rail mounting adapter

Hook the controller on the DIN rail and press
the lever of section A in the arrow direction to lock it.
Note) When size 25 or more of the LE series are used, the space between the controllers should be 10 mm or more.
L
DIN rail
12.5 5.25 7.5
AXT100-DR-l (Pitch)
LEFS
∗ For l, enter a number from the “No.” line in the table below.
(35)
(25)
Refer to the dimensions on page 73 for the mounting dimensions.
AC Servo Motor
5.5
1.25
L Dimension [mm]
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
L 23 35.5 48 60.5 73 85.5 98 110.5 123 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5
LEFB
No. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
L 273 285.5 298 310.5 323 335.5 348 360.5 373 385.5 398 410.5 423 435.5 448 460.5 473 485.5 498 510.5
LEFG LECS□

LEC-D0 (with 2 mounting screws)
This should be used when the DIN rail mounting adapter is mounted onto the screw mounting type controller afterward.
Specific Product
Precautions
72
Series LECP6
Series LECA6
Dimensions
a) Screw mounting (LECl6l-l)
(81.7)
ø4.5
35 66
for body mounting
Power supply LED (Green) 31 1
(ON: Power supply is ON.)
Power supply LED (Red)

(ON: Alarm is ON.)
CN5 Parallel I/O connector
CN4 Serial I/O connector

150
132
141
CN3 Encoder connector
CN2 Motor power connector
CN1 Power supply connector
4.6
for body mounting
b) DIN rail mounting (LECl6llD-l)

Refer to page 72 for L dimension and part number of DIN rail. (81.7) (11.5)
35 66
31 1
64.2
167.3 (When locking DIN rail)
173.2 (When removing DIN rail)
150
132
35
(91.7)
73
Selection
Model
Wiring Example 1

Power Supply Connector: CN1 ∗ Power supply plug is an accessory. Power supply plug for LECP6
LEFS
CN1 Power Supply Connector Terminal for LECP6 (PHOENIX CONTACT FK-MC0.5/5-ST-2.5)
Terminal name Function Details
M 24V terminal/C 24V terminal/EMG terminal/BK RLS terminal are
0V Common supply (−)
common (−).
M 24V Motor power supply (+) Motor power supply (+) supplied to the controller
C 24V Control power supply (+) Control power supply (+) supplied to the controller
0V
M 24V
C 24V
EMG
BK RLS
EMG Stop (+) Input (+) for releasing the stop
LEFB
BK RLS Lock release (+) Input (+) for releasing the lock
CN1 Power Supply Connector Terminal for LECA6 (PHOENIX CONTACT FK-MC0.5/7-ST-2.5) Power supply plug for LECA6
M 24V terminal/C 24V terminal/EMG terminal/BK RLS terminal are
0V Common supply (−)
common (−).
M 24V Motor power supply (+) Motor power supply (+) supplied to the controller
LECA6
C 24V Control power supply (+) Control power supply (+) supplied to the controller
RG+ Regenerative output 1 Regenerative output terminals for external connection
0V
M 24V
C 24V
EMG
RG- Regenerative output 2 (Not necessary to connect them in the combination with the LE series standard specifications.)
BK RLS
RG+
RG−
Wiring Example 2
∗ When you connect a PLC etc., to the CN5 parallel I/O connector, use the I/O cable (LEC-CN5-).
Parallel I/O Connector: CN5 ∗ The wiring should be changed depending on the type of the parallel I/O (NPN or PNP).
Wiring diagram
LECl6Nll-l (NPN) LECl6Pll-l (PNP)
Power supply 24 VDC Power supply 24 VDC
CN5 for I/O signal CN5 for I/O signal
COM+ A1 COM+ A1
COM− A2 COM− A2
IN0 A3 IN0 A3
IN1 A4 IN1 A4
IN2 A5 IN2 A5
IN3 A6 IN3 A6
IN4 A7 IN4 A7
IN5 A8 IN5 A8
SETUP A9 SETUP A9
HOLD A10 HOLD A10
DRIVE A11 DRIVE A11
LEFS
RESET A12 RESET A12
SVON A13 SVON A13
OUT0 B1 Load OUT0 B1 Load
AC Servo Motor
LEFB
BUSY B7 Load BUSY B7 Load
AREA B8 Load AREA B8 Load
SETON B9 Load SETON B9 Load
INP B10 Load INP B10 Load
SVRE B11 Load SVRE B11 Load
∗ESTOP B12 Load ∗ESTOP B12 Load
LEFG LECS□
∗ALARM B13 Load ∗ALARM B13 Load
Input Signal Output Signal

Name Details Name Details
COM+ Connects the power supply 24 V for input/output signal OUT0 to OUT5 Outputs the step data no. during operation
COM- Connects the power supply 0 V for input/output signal BUSY Outputs when the actuator is moving
Step data specified Bit No. AREA Outputs within the step data area output setting range
IN0 to IN5
(Input is instructed in the combination of IN0 to 5.) SETON Outputs when returning to origin
SETUP Instruction to return to origin Outputs when target position or target force is reached
INP
(Turns on when the positioning or pushing is completed.)
Specific Product
HOLD Operation is temporarily stopped

Precautions
DRIVE Instruction to drive SVRE Outputs when servo is on

RESET Alarm reset and operation interruption *ESTOP Note) Not output when EMG stop is instructed
SVON Servo ON instruction *ALARM Note) Not output when alarm is generated
Note) Signal of negative-logic circuit (N.C.)
74
Series LECP6
Series LECA6
Step Data Setting
1. Step data setting for positioning 2. Step data setting for pushing
In this setting, the actuator moves toward and stops at the The actuator moves toward the pushing start position, and
target position. when it reaches that position, it starts pushing with the set
The following diagram shows the setting items and operation. force or less.
The setting items and set values for this operation are stated The following diagram shows the setting items and operation.
below. The setting items and set values for this operation are stated
below.
Speed Speed
Acceleration Deceleration Acceleration Deceleration
Speed Speed
Position Pushing speed
In position Force Position

In position
INP output ON OFF ON Pushing force
Trigger LV
INP output ON OFF ON
 : Need to be set.

 : Need to be adjusted as required.  : Need to be set.

Step Data (Positioning) —: Setting is not required. Step Data (Pushing)  : Need to be adjusted as required.
Necessity Item Details Necessity Item Details
When the absolute position is required, set When the absolute position is required, set

 Movement MOD Absolute. When the relative position is 
 Movement MOD Absolute. When the relative position is
required, set Relative. required, set Relative.

 Speed Transfer speed to the target position 
 Speed Transfer speed to the pushing start position

 Position Target position 
 Position Pushing start position
Parameter which defines how rapidly the Parameter which defines how rapidly the
actuator reaches the speed set. The actuator reaches the speed set. The
 Acceleration  Acceleration
higher the set value, the faster it reaches higher the set value, the faster it reaches
the speed set. the speed set.
Parameter which defines how rapidly the Parameter which defines how rapidly the
 Deceleration actuator comes to stop. The higher the set  Deceleration actuator comes to stop. The higher the set
value, the quicker it stops. value, the quicker it stops.
Set 0. Pushing force ratio is defined.


 Pushing force (If values 1 to 100 are set, the operation The setting range differs depending on the

 Pushing force
will be changed to the pushing operation.) electric actuator type. Refer to the
Operation Manual for the electric actuator.
— Trigger LV Setting is not required.
— Pushing speed Setting is not required. Condition that turns on the INP output
Max. torque during the positioning operation signal. The INP output signal turns on
 Moving force 
 Trigger LV when the generated force exceeds the
(No specific change is required.)
value. Trigger level should be the pushing
Condition that turns on the AREA output force or less.
 Area 1, Area 2
signal.
Pushing speed during pushing.
Condition that turns on the INP output When the speed is set fast, the electric
signal. When the actuator enters the range actuator and work pieces might be
of [in position], the INP output signal turns  Pushing speed damaged due to the impact when they hit
on. (It is unnecessary to change this from the end, so this set value should be
 In position
the initial value.) When it is necessary to smaller. Refer to the Operation Manual for
output the arrival signal before the the electric actuator.
operation is completed, make the value
larger. Max. torque during the positioning operation
 Moving force
(No specific change is required.)
Condition that turns on the AREA output
 Area 1, Area 2
signal.
Transfer distance during pushing. If the
transferred distance exceeds the setting, it

 In position stops even if it is not pushing. If the
transfer distance is exceeded, the INP
output signal will not turn on.
75
Selection
Model
Signal Timing

Return to Origin
LEFS
24 V
Power supply
0V
ON
SVON
OFF
Input
SETUP
ON
LEFB
BUSY
OFF
SVRE
SETON
Output
LECA6
INP
∗ALARM
∗ESTOP
Speed 0 mm/s
Return to origin
If the actuator is within the “in position” range of the basic

parameter, INP will turn ON, but if not, it will remain OFF.
∗ “∗ALARM” and “∗ESTOP” are expressed as negative-logic circuit.
Scan the step Scan the step

Positioning Operation data no. Pushing Operation data no.
ON ON
IN IN
OFF OFF
Input 15 ms Output the step Input 15 ms Output the step
DRIVE or more data no. DRIVE or more data no.
ON ON
OUT OUT
OFF OFF
LEFS
Output BUSY Output BUSY
AC Servo Motor
INP INP
Speed 0 mm/s
Positioning operation Speed 0 mm/s
Pushing operation
LEFB
If the actuator is within the “in position” range of the step data, If the current pushing force exceeds the “trigger LV” value
INP will turn ON, but if not, it will remain OFF. of the step data, INP signal will turn ON.
∗ “OUT” is output when “DRIVE” is changed from ON to OFF.

(When power supply is applied, “DRIVE” or “RESET” is turned ON or
“∗ESTOP” is turned OFF, all of the “OUT” outputs are OFF.)
LEFG LECS□
HOLD Reset Alarm reset

ON ON
Input HOLD Input RESET
OFF OFF
ON ON
Output BUSY OUT
OFF OFF
Output
ON
∗ALARM
OFF
Slow-down
Specific Product
Speed 0 mm/s Alarm out

Precautions
starting
point HOLD during the operation
It is possible to identify the alarm group by the combination
of OUT signals when the alarm is generated.
∗ When the actuator is in the positioning range in the pushing operation, it does
not stop even if HOLD signal is input. ∗ “∗ALARM” is expressed as negative-logic circuit.
76 A
Series LECP6
Series LECA6
Options: Actuator Cable
[Robotic cable, standard cable for step motor (Servo/24 VDC)]
1 Controller side
LE CP 1 LE-CP- 35 /Cable length: 1.5 m, 3 m, 5 m Connector C (14.2) (Terminal no.)

Actuator side
(Terminal no.) 1 2
(ø8)
(14)
A1 B1 5 6 (13.5)
(17.7)
Cable length (L) [m]
1 2
1 1.5 A6 B6
(18)
Connector A 15 16
3 3 (14.7) (30.7) L Connector D (11)
(10)
5 5
8 8* LE-CP- A8 BC /Cable length: 8 m, 10 m, 15 m, 20 m Controller side
A 10* (∗ Produced upon receipt of order) Connector C (14.2) (Terminal no.)
B 15*
(ø5.5)
Actuator side 1 2
(14)
(Terminal no.)
C 20* 5 6
A1 B1
(17.7)
∗ Produced upon receipt of (13.5)
order (Robotic cable only) A6 B6 1 2
(18)
(ø6.3)
(14.7) Connector A 15 16
Cable type (30.7) L Connector D (11)
(10)
Robotic cable
Nil Connector A Connector C
(Flexible cable) Signal Cable color
terminal no. terminal no.
S Standard cable A B-1 Brown 2
A A-1 Red 1
B B-2 Orange 6
B A-2 Yellow 5
COM-A/COM B-3 Green 3
COM-B/— A-3 Blue 4
Connector D
Shield Cable color
terminal no.
Vcc B-4 Brown 12
GND A-4 Black 13
A B-5 Red 7
A A-5 Black 6
B B-6 Orange 9
B A-6 Black 8
— 3
[Robotic cable, standard cable with lock and sensor for step motor (Servo/24 VDC)]
1
LE CP 1 B LE-CP- 35 /Cable length: 1.5 m, 3 m, 5 m
Actuator side Controller side
(ø8)
(Terminal no.) Connector A Connector C (14.2) (Terminal no.)

Cable length (L) [m] A1 B1 1 2
(10.2) (17.7)
1 1.5 (14) 5 6 (13.5)

A6 B6
3 3 A1 B1 1 2
(18)
A3 B3
5 5
(ø5.7)
Connector B 15 16
(30.7) L Connector D (11)
8 8* (14.7)
(10)
8B
A 10* LE-CP- A C /Cable length: 8 m, 10
m, 15 m, 20 m
B 15* (∗ Produced upon receipt of order) Controller side
C 20* Actuator side
(ø5.5)
(ø6.3)
Connector C (14.2) (Terminal no.)

∗ Produced upon receipt of (Terminal no.) Connector A
(14)
(10.2) (17.7)
5 6
A6 B6
(13.5)
With lock and sensor A1 B1
1 2
(18)
A3 B3
(ø5.7)
Connector B 15 16
(14.7)
Cable type (10)
Robotic cable Connector A Connector C
Nil Signal Cable color
(Flexible cable) A B-1 Brown 2
S Standard cable A A-1 Red 1
B B-2 Orange 6
B A-2 Yellow 5
Connector D
Shield Cable color
terminal no.
Vcc B-4 Brown 12
GND A-4 Black 13
A B-5 Red 7
A A-5 Black 6
B B-6 Orange 9
B A-6 Black 8
— 3
Connector B
Signal
terminal no.
Lock (+) B-1 Red 4
Lock (-) A-1 Black 5
Sensor (+) Note) B-3 Brown 1
Note) Not used for the LE series. Sensor (-) Note) A-3 Blue 2
77
Selection
Model
[Robotic cable for servo motor (24 VDC)]
LEFS
Controller side
LE CA 1 LE-CA-l
Actuator side
(10.5)
Connector C (14.2)
(Terminal no.)
(Terminal no.)
Cable length (L) [m] (16.6) (23.7) Connector A
(ø7.0)
1 2
(5.6)
1 1.5 321 3 4
3 3
(13.5)
5 5 1
(12.7)
LEFB
8 8* 4
1 2
(ø6.7)
AB
(18)
A 10*
15* (14.7) 15 16
B
* Connector B (30.7) L (11)
C 20 (10)
Connector D
∗ Produced upon receipt
of order
LECA6
Connector A Connector C
Signal Cable color
U 1 Red 1
V 2 White 2
W 3 Black 3
Connector B Connector D
Signal Shield Cable color
Vcc B-1 Brown 12
GND A-1 Black 13
A B-2 Red 7
A A-2 Black 6
B B-3 Orange 9
B A-3 Black 8
Z B-4 Yellow 11
Z A-4 Black 10
— 3
Connection of shield material
[Robotic cable with lock and sensor for servo motor (24 VDC)]
LE CA 1 B LE-CA-l-B
(Terminal no.)
Cable length (L) [m] (30.7)
(16.6) Connector A1
(10.5)
1
(ø7.0)
1.5
(5.6)
Connector C
(ø6.7)
(23.7) (14.2)
321 Connector A2
3 3 (Terminal no.)
1 2
5 5
1 3 4
(10.2) (12.7)
LEFS
8 8* 4
10* (13.5)
A AB
* 1 1 2
B 15
(18)
AC Servo Motor
*
C 20 AB
(ø5.7)
15 16
∗ Produced upon receipt (14.7)
of order
(30.7) L (11) (10)
Connector B
Connector D
With lock and sensor
LEFB
Connector A1 Connector C
Signal Cable color
U 1 Red 1
V 2 White 2
W 3 Black 3
Connector A2 Connector D
Signal Shield Cable color
LEFG LECS□
Vcc B-1 Brown 12

GND A-1 Black 13
A B-2 Red 7
A A-2 Black 6
B B-3 Orange 9
B A-3 Black 8
Z B-4 Yellow 11
Z A-4 Black 10
Connector B — 3
Signal Connection of shield material
terminal no.
Lock (+) B-1 Red 4
Specific Product
Precautions

Note) Not used for the LE series. Sensor (-) Note) A-3 Black 2
78
Series LECP6
Series LECA6
Option: I/O Cable
LEC CN5 1 (Terminal no.)

Controller side PLC side
(ø8.9)
B1 A1 A1
…
(22.4)
A13
1 1.5 B1
3 3 …
(14.4) L B13
5 5 B13 A13
Connector Insulation Dot Dot Connector Insulation Dot Dot

pin no. color mark color pin no. color mark color
∗ Conductor size: AWG28
A1 Light brown Black B1 Yellow Red
A2 Light brown Red B2 Light green Black
A3 Yellow Black B3 Light green Red
A4 Yellow Red B4 Gray Black
A5 Light green Black B5 Gray Red
A6 Light green Red B6 White Black
A7 Gray Black B7 White Red
A8 Gray Red B8 Light brown Black
A9 White Black B9 Light brown Red
A10 White Red B10 Yellow Black
A11 Light brown Black B11 Yellow Red
A12 Light brown Red B12 Light green Black
A13 Yellow Black B13 Light green Red
— Shield
Option: Noise Filter Set for Servo Motor (24 VDC)
LEC NFA
Contents of the set: 2 noise filters (Manufactured by WURTH ELEKTRONIK: 74271222)
(33.5)
(12.5)
(42.2) (28.8)
∗ Refer to the LECA6 series Operation Manual for installation.
79
Series LEC Windows®XP, Windows®7 compatible
Selection
Controller Setting Kit/LEC-W2
Model
How to Order
LEFS
q Controller setting LEC W2
software
Controller setting kit
w Communication (Japanese and English are available.)
LEFB
cable e USB cable
(A-mini B type)
Contents
HRS
PC q Controller setting software (CD-ROM)
LECA6
w Communication cable
e USB cable
(Cable between the PC and the conversion unit)
Step data input type Series LECP6/Series LECA6
Pulse input type Series LECPA
CC-Link direct input type Series LECPMJ
Hardware Requirements
IBM PC/AT compatible machine running
OS Windows®XP (32-bit),
Windows®7 (32-bit and 64-bit).
Communication
USB 1.1 or USB 2.0 ports
interface
Display XGA (1024 x 768) or more
∗ Windows® and Windows®7 are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States.
∗ Refer to SMC website for version update information, http://www.smcworld.com
LEFS
Screen Example
Easy mode screen example Normal mode screen example
AC Servo Motor
LEFG LECS□ LEFB
Easy operation and simple setting

 Allowing to set and display actuator step data Detailed setting
 Step data can be set in detail.
Specific Product
such as position, speed, force, etc.

Precautions
 Setting of step data and testing of the drive can  Signals and terminal status can be monitored.
be performed on the same page.  Parameters can be set.
 Can be used to jog and move at a constant rate.  JOG and constant rate movement, return to origin, test operation and
testing of forced output can be performed.
80
®
Series LEC
Teaching Box/LEC-T1 RoHS
How to Order
LEC T1 3 J G
Enable switch
Teaching box Enable switch
(Option)
Nil None
Cable length [m] S Equipped with enable switch
3 3 ∗ Interlock switch for jog and test function
Stop switch
Initial language
J Japanese
Stop switch
E English
G Equipped with stop switch
∗ The displayed language can be changed to English or Japanese.
Specifications
Item Description
Standard functions Switch Stop switch, Enable switch (Option)
• Chinese character display Cable length [m] 3
• Stop switch is provided. Enclosure IP64 (Except connector)
Option Operating humidity range [%RH] 90 or less (No condensation)
• Enable switch is provided. Weight [g] 350 (Except cable)
The EMC compliance of the teaching box was tested with the LECP6 series step motor controller
(servo/24 VDC) and an applicable actuator.
When conformity to UL is required, the electric actuator and controller should be used with a UL1310
Easy Mode
Function Details Menu Operations Flowchart

Menu Data
Step data • Setting of step data
Data Step data no.
• Jog operation Monitor Setting of two items selected below
Jog
• Return to origin Jog Ver. 1.**:
• 1 step operation Test Position, Speed, Force, Acceleration, Deceleration
Test ALM Ver. 2.**:
• Return to origin
TB setting Position, Speed, Pushing force, Acceleration, Deceleration, Movement MOD,
• Display of axis and step data no.
Trigger LV, Pushing speed, Moving force, Area 1, Area 2, In position
Monitor • Display of two items selected from
Position, Speed, Force. Monitor
• Active alarm display Display of step no.
ALM
• Alarm reset Display of two items selected below
• Reconnection of axis (Ver. 1.**) (Position, Speed, Force)
• Displayed language setting
(Ver. 2.**)
Jog
TB setting Return to origin
• Setting of easy/normal mode
• Setting step data and selection of Jog operation
items from easy mode monitor
Test
1 step operation
ALM
Active alarm display
Alarm reset
TB setting
Reconnect (Ver. 1.**)
Japanese/English (Ver. 2.**)
Easy/Normal
Set item
81
Teaching Box Series LEC
Selection
Model
Normal Mode

Menu Operations Flowchart
LEFS
Function Details Menu Step data
Step data • Step data setting Step data Step data no.
Parameter Movement MOD
Parameter • Parameters setting
Monitor Speed
• Jog operation/Constant rate movement Test Position
• Return to origin ALM Acceleration
• Test drive File Deceleration
(Specify a maximum of 5 step data TB setting Pushing force
Test
LEFB
and operate.) Reconnect Trigger LV
• Forced output Pushing speed
(Forced signal output, Forced Moving force
terminal output) Area 1, 2
• Drive monitor In position
• Output signal monitor Parameter Basic setting
Monitor • Input signal monitor
LECA6
Basic
• Output terminal monitor ORIG setting
ORIG
• Input terminal monitor
Monitor DRV monitor
• Active alarm display
ALM (Alarm reset) Drive Position, Speed, Torque
• Alarm log record display Output signal Step no.
Input signal Last step no.
• Data saving Output terminal
Save the step data and parameters Input terminal Output signal monitor
of the controller which is being
used for communication (it is Test Input signal monitor
possible to save four files, with one JOG/MOVE
set of step data and parameters Output terminal monitor
Return to ORIG
File defined as one file). Test drive Input terminal monitor
• Load to controller Forced output
Loads the data which is saved in the
teaching box to the controller which ALM Status
is being used for communication. Status Active alarm display
• Delete the saved data. ALM Log record Alarm reset
• File protection (Ver. 2.**)
File ALM Log record display
• Display setting Data saving Log entry display
(Easy/Normal mode) Load to controller
• Language setting File deletion
(Japanese/English) File protection (Ver. 2.**)
TB setting • Backlight setting
• LCD contrast setting TB setting
• Beep sound setting Easy/Normal
LEFS
• Max. connection axis Language
• Distance unit (mm/inch) Backlight
Reconnect • Reconnection of axis LCD contrast
AC Servo Motor
Beep
Max. connection axis
Password
Distance unit
Reconnect
LEFB
Dimensions
34.5 4 102
w
No. Description Function
q 1 LCD A screen of liquid crystal display (with backlight)

LEFG LECS□
2 Ring A ring for hanging the teaching box

r
When switch is pushed in, the switch locks and stops.
t 3 Stop switch
The lock is released when it is turned to the right.
185
4 Stop switch guard A guard for the stop switch

y e Enable switch
Prevents unintentional operation (unexpected operation)
5 of the jog test function.
(Option)
Other functions such as data change are not covered.
6 Key switch Switch for each input
Specific Product
7 Cable Length: 3 meters

Precautions
8 Connector A connector connected to CN4 of the controller

25 22.5 u i
82
CC-Link Direct Input Type ®
Series LECPMJ RoHS
How to Order
Controller LE C P MJ
Controller
Compatible motor
P Step motor (Servo/24 VDC)
Controller type
MJ CC-Link direct input type
Communication plug connector

Nil None
S Straight type Actuator part number
T T-branch type (Except cable specification and actuator options)
Example: Enter “LEFS16B-100” for the
Controller mounting LEFS16B-100B-S1MJS.
Nil Screw mounting
D DIN rail mounting
∗ DIN rail is not included.
Order it separately.
Communication plug connector LEC CMJ S

Controller type
MJ CC-Link direct input type
Connector type
S Straight type Straight type T-branch type
T T-branch type LEC-CMJ-S LEC-CMJ-T
83
CC-Link Direct Input Type Series LECPMJ
Selection
Model
Specifications

Item LECPMJ
LEFS
Compatible motor Step motor (Servo/24 VDC)
Power voltage: 24 VDC ±10%
Power supply Note 1) Maximum current consumption: 3 A (Peak 5 A) Note 2)
[Including motor drive power, control power, lock release]
Compatible encoder Incremental A/B phase (800 pulse/rotation)
Fieldbus CC-Link Ver. 1.10
Communication specifications
Communication speed [bps] 156 k/625 k/2.5 M/5 M/10 M
LEFB
Communication method Broadcast polling
Station type Remote device station
1 station 2 stations 4 stations
I/O occupation area
( Input 32 points/4 words
Output 32 points/4 words ) ( Input 64 points/8 words
Output 64 points/8 words ) ( Input 128 points/16 words
Output 128 points/16 words )
LECA6
Applicable communication cable CC-Link dedicated cable
Maximum Communication speed [bps] 156 k 625 k 2.5 M 5M 10 M
cable length Total cable length [m] 1200 900 400 160 100
Serial communication RS485 (Modbus protocol)
Memory EEPROM
LED indicator PWR, ALM, L ERR, L RUN
Cable length [m] Actuator cable: 20 or less
Storage temperature range [°C] −10 to 60 (No freezing)
Between all of external terminals and the case
Insulation resistance [MΩ]
50 (500 VDC)
Weight [g] 170 (Screw mounting), 190 (DIN rail mounting)
Note 1) Do not use the power supply of “inrush current prevention type” for the controller power supply.
When conformity to UL is required, the electric actuator and controller should be used with a UL1310 Class 2 power supply.
Function that can be executed in each mode

Mode setting [Number of occupied stations] Note 4) Single numeric parameter [1] Half numeric parameters [2] Full numeric parameters [4]
LEFS
Step no. defining operation v
Numerical data defining operation 
Number of modifiable numerical data items 1 6 12
AC Servo Motor
Monitor of position/speed 
Step data editing Note 5)
Max. number of connectable controllers Note 6) 42 32 16
Note 4) The modes can be set by registering the number of occupied stations with basic parameter “Option setting 1” of the controller.
LEFB
Note 5) It is possible to edit it from teaching box/controller setting software for “Single numeric parameter”. It is possible to edit it from teaching box/
controller setting software and PLC (CC-Link) for “Half numeric parameters” and “Full numeric parameters”.
Note 6) Maximum number of units specified in CC-Link communication specification.
Modifiable step data item in each mode

: Numerical data modifiable items
LEFG LECS□
Step data item

Mode setting Movement Pushing Pushing Moving In
Speed Position Acceleration Deceleration Trigger LV Area 1 Area 2
MOD speed force force position
Single numeric Only one item can be changed from 11 items,

V
parameter ranging from Speed to In position.
Half numeric Only one item can be changed from Only one item can be changed from
   
parameters Acceleration/Pushing speed. Deceleration/Trigger LV.
Specific Product
Precautions
Full numeric
           
parameters
Note 7) Step data items, except items that have been changed, reference data registered in the controller.
Note 8) Refer to the LECPMJ series Operation Manual for details of the step data items.
84
Series LECPMJ
Dimensions
ø4.5 67
35
For body mounting
(Screw mounting type) 32.5 1.2
84.2
64.2
152.5
170
161
35
∗ Mountable on
DIN rail (35 mm)
17.5 (77)
4.5
For body mounting
(Screw mounting type)
85
Selection
Model
Gateway Unit ®
Series LEC-G

RoHS
LEFS
How to Order
Caution
Gateway unit LEC G MJ2
LEFB
EMC compliance was tested by
combining the electric actuator LE Applicable Fieldbus protocols
series and the controller LEC MJ2 CC-Link Ver. 2.0
series. The EMC depends on the DN1 DeviceNet™ Mounting
configuration of the customer’s PR1 PROFIBUS DP Nil Screw mounting
control panel and the relationship
with other electrical equipment and
EN1 EtherNet/IP™ D Note) DIN rail mounting
wiring. Therefore, conformity to the Note) DIN rail is not included.
LECA6
EMC directive cannot be certified Order it separately.
for SMC components incorporated
into the customer’s equipment
under actual operating conditions.
As a result, it is necessary for the
Cable LEC CG 1 L
customer to verify conformity to the Cable type
EMC directive for the machinery 1 Communication cable Cable length
and equipment as a whole. Communication cable
2 Cable between branches K 0.3 m
L 0.5 m
When conformity to UL is required,
the electric actuator and controller 1 1m
should be used with a UL1310
Branch connector LEC CGD Cable between branches
Branch connector
Terminating resistor LEC CGR

Specifications
Model LEC-GMJ2l LEC-GDN1l LEC-GPR1l LEC-GEN1l
Fieldbus CC-Link DeviceNet™ PROFIBUS DP EtherNet/IP™
Applicable system
Version Note 1) Ver. 2.0 Release 2.0 V1 Release 1.0
9.6 k/19.2 k/45.45 k/
156 k/625 k/2.5 M
Communication speed [bps] 125 k/250 k/500 k 93.75 k/187.5 k/500 k/ 10 M/100 M
/5 M/10 M
1.5 M/3 M/6 M/12 M
LEFS
Configuration file Note 2) — EDS file GSD file EDS file
Communication 4 stations Input 896 points
specifications occupied 108 words Input 200 bytes Input 57 words Input 256 bytes
I/O occupation area
AC Servo Motor
(8 times Output 896 points Output 200 bytes Output 57 words Output 256 bytes
setting) 108 words
Power supply for Power supply voltage [V] Note 6) — 11 to 25 VDC — —
communication Internal current consumption [mA] — 100 — —
Communication connector specifications Connector (Accessory) Connector (Accessory) D-sub RJ45
LEFB
Terminating resistor Not included Not included Not included Not included
Power supply voltage [V] Note 6) 24 VDC ±10%
Current Not connected to teaching box 200
consumption [mA] Connected to teaching box 300
EMG output terminal 30 VDC 1 A
Applicable controllers Series LECP6, Series LECA6
Controller
LEFG LECS□
Communication speed [bps] Note 3) 115.2 k/230.4 k

specifications
Max. number of connectable controllers Note 4) 12 8 Note 5) 5 12
Accessories Power supply connector, communication connector Power supply connector
Storage temperature range [°C] -10 to 60 (No freezing)
Note 1) Please note that the version is subject to change.
Note 2) Each file can be downloaded from the SMC website, http://www.smcworld.com
Specific Product
Note 3) When using a teaching box (LEC-T1-l), set the communication speed to 115.2 kbps.
Precautions
Note 4) A communication response time for 1 controller is approximately 30 ms.

Refer to “Communication Response Time Guideline” for response times when several controllers are connected.
Note 5) For step data input, up to 12 controllers connectable.
Note 6) When conformity to UL is required, the electric actuator and controller should be used with a UL1310 Class 2 power supply.
86
Series LEC-G
Communication Response Time Guideline

Response time between gateway unit and controllers depends on the number of controllers connected to the gateway unit.
For response time, refer to the graph below.
400
350
Response time (ms)
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
* This graph shows delay times between gateway unit and controllers.
Number of connectable controllers (unit)
Fieldbus network delay time is not included.
Dimensions
Screw mounting (LEC-G)
Applicable Fieldbus protocol: CC-Link Ver. 2.0 Applicable Fieldbus protocol: DeviceNet™
ø4.5 (35) (85) ø4.5 (35) (85)
For body mounting 31 82 For body mounting 31 82
1 1
152.2
152.2
170
161
170
161
18.2 18.2
4.5 4.5
For body mounting For body mounting
Applicable Fieldbus protocol: PROFIBUS DP Applicable Fieldbus protocol: EtherNet/IP™

(35) (87.9) (35) (85)
ø4.5 82 ø4.5 82
31 31
For body mounting 1 For body mounting 1
152.2
152.2
170
161
170
161
18.2 18.2
4.5 4.5
For body mounting For body mounting
 Trademark DeviceNet™ is a trademark of ODVA. EtherNet/IP™ is a trademark of ODVA.

87
Gateway Unit Series LEC-G
Selection
Model
Dimensions

DIN rail mounting (LEC-GlllD)
LEFS
Applicable Fieldbus protocol: CC-Link Ver. 2.0 Applicable Fieldbus protocol: DeviceNet™
(35) (85) (35) (85)
31 82 31 82
1 1
LEFB


64.2
64.2
152.2
152.2
170
161
170
161
35
35
LECA6
(95) (95)
∗ Mountable on DIN rail (35 mm) ∗ Mountable on DIN rail (35 mm)
Applicable Fieldbus protocol: PROFIBUS DP Applicable Fieldbus protocol: EtherNet/IP™

(35) (87.9) (35) (85)
31 82 31 82
1 1


64.2
152.2
152.2
170
161
170
161
35
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
(98)
(95)
∗ Mountable on DIN rail (35 mm)
LEFB
DIN rail L
AXT100-DR-l 12.5 (Pitch) 5.25 7.5
LEFG LECS□
(35)
(25)
Refer to the dimensions above for the mounting dimensions.

5.5
1.25
L Dimension [mm]
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
L 23 35.5 48 60.5 73 85.5 98 110.5 123 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5
No. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Specific Product
Precautions
L 273 285.5 298 310.5 323 335.5 348 360.5 373 385.5 398 410.5 423 435.5 448 460.5 473 485.5 498 510.5
 Trademark DeviceNet™ is a trademark of ODVA. EtherNet/IP™ is a trademark of ODVA.

88
®
Programless Controller RoHS
Series LECP1
How to Order
LE C P 1 N 1 LEFS16A-400
Controller Actuator part number
Option
(Except cable specification and actuator options)
Compatible motor Nil Screw mounting Example: Enter “LEFS16A-400” for the
P Step motor (Servo/24 VDC) D Note) DIN rail mounting LEFS16A-400B-R17N1.
Number of step data (Points) Order it separately. * When controller equipped type (-l1Nl/-l1Pl)
1 14 (Programless) is selected when ordering the LE series, you
I/O cable length [m]
do not need to order this controller.
Nil Without cable
Parallel I/O type 1 1.5
N NPN 3 3
P PNP 5 5
Caution The controller is sold as sin-

[CE-compliant products] gle unit after the compatible
EMC compliance was tested by combining the electric actuator LEF series and the controller LEC series.
The EMC depends on the configuration of the customer’s control panel and the relationship with other electrical
actuator is set.
equipment and wiring. Therefore, conformity to the EMC directive cannot be certified for SMC components Confirm that the combination of the
incorporated into the customer’s equipment under actual operating conditions. As a result, it is necessary for controller and the actuator is correct.
the customer to verify conformity to the EMC directive for the machinery and equipment as a whole.
[UL-compliant products] ∗ Refer to the Operation Manual for using the
When conformity to UL is required, the electric actuator and controller should be used with a UL1310 Class 2 products. Please download it via our website,
power supply. http://www.smcworld.com
Specifications
Basic Specifications
Item LECP1
Power supply voltage: 24 VDC ±10%, Max. current consumption: 3A (Peak 5A) Note 2)
Power supply Note 1)
[Including the motor drive power, control power supply, stop, lock release]
Parallel input 6 inputs (Photo-coupler isolation)
Stop points 14 points (Position number 1 to 14(E))
Compatible encoder Incremental A/B phase (800 pulse/rotation)
Memory EEPROM
7-segment LED display Note 3) 1 digit, 7-segment display (Red) Figures are expressed in hexadecimal (“10” to “15” in decimal number are expressed as “A” to “F”)
Cable length [m] I/O cable: 5 or less, Actuator cable: 20 or less
Insulation resistance [MΩ] Between the housing and SG terminal: 50 (500 VDC)
Note 1) Do not use the power supply of “inrush current prevention type” for the controller input power supply. When conformity to UL is required, the
electric actuator and controller should be used with a UL1310 Class 2 power supply.
Note 2) The power consumption changes depending on the actuator model. Refer to the each actuator’s operation manual etc. for details.
Note 3) “10” to “15” in decimal number are displayed as follows in the 7-segment LED.
Decimal display 10 11 12 13 14 15
Hexadecimal display A b c d E F
89
Programless Controller Series LECP1
Selection
Model
Controller Details

r e No. Display Description Details
LEFS
t q q PWR Power supply LED
Power supply ON/Servo ON : Green turns on
Power supply ON/Servo OFF: Green flashes
y w With alarm : Red turns on
w ALM Alarm LED
Parameter setting : Red flashes
u i Change and protection of the mode switch
e — Cover
(Close the cover after changing switch)
o !0 Frame ground (Tighten the bolt with the nut when mounting
LEFB
r — FG
the controller. Connect the ground wire.)
!1 !2
t — Mode switch Switch the mode between manual and auto.
!3 !4 y — 7-segment LED Stop position, the value set by i and alarm information are displayed.
u SET Set button Decide the settings or drive operation in Manual mode.
i — Position selecting switch Assign the position to drive (1 to 14), and the origin position (15).
LECA6
o Manual forward button Perform forward jog and inching.
MANUAL
!0 Manual reverse button Perform reverse jog and inching.
!1 Forward speed switch 16 forward speeds are available.
SPEED
!2 Reverse speed switch 16 reverse speeds are available.
!8 !3 Forward acceleration switch 16 forward acceleration steps are available.
ACCEL
!4 Reverse acceleration switch 16 reverse acceleration steps are available.
!5 CN1 Power supply connector Connect the power supply cable.
!7 !6 CN2 Motor connector Connect the motor connector.
!7 CN3 Encoder connector Connect the encoder connector.
!8 CN4 I/O connector Connect I/O cable.
!6
!5
How to Mount
Controller mounting shown below.
1. Mounting screw (LECP1ll-l) 2. Grounding
(Installation with two M4 screws) Tighten the bolt with the nut when mounting the ground wire
Ground wire
as shown below.
LEFS
M4 screw
Mounting direction
Cable with crimping terminal
AC Servo Motor
Tooth lock washer
LEFB
Mounting direction
Controller
Note) When size 25 or more of the LE series are used, the space between the controllers should be 10 mm or more.
LEFG LECS□
Caution
M4 screws, cable with crimping terminal and tooth lock washer are not included.
Be sure to carry out grounding earth in order to ensure the noise tolerance.
Use a watchmaker’s screwdriver of the size shown below when changing position
switch i and the set value of the speed/acceleration switch !1 to !4.
Size
End width L: 2.0 to 2.4 [mm]
End thickness W: 0.5 to 0.6 [mm]
Specific Product
Precautions
L Magnified view of the end

of the screwdriver
90
Series LECP1
Dimensions
Screw mounting (LECl1ll-l)
38
36.2 85
18.1 ø4.5 1.2
4.5
for body mounting
110
101
86
4.5
for body mounting
CN4 I/O connector
CN2 Motor connector
DIN rail mounting (LECl1llD-l)

38
36.2 85 (11.5)
SL
24.2
35
110
86
91
Selection
Model
Wiring Example 1

∗ When you connect a CN1 power supply connector, use the power supply cable (LEC-CK1-1).
Power Supply Connector: CN1
LEFS
∗ Power supply cable (LEC-CK1-1) is an accessory.
CN1 Power Supply Connector Terminal for LECP1 Power supply cable for LECP1 (LEC-CK1-1)
Terminal name Cable color Function Details
Common M 24V terminal/C 24V terminal/BK
0V Blue
supply (-) RLS terminal are common (−).
Motor power Motor power supply (+) supplied
M 24V White
supply (+) to the controller
LEFB
Control power Control power supply (+) supplied
C 24V Brown
supply (+) to the controller
BK RLS Black Lock release (+) Input (+) for releasing the lock
Wiring Example 2
LECA6
∗ When you connect a PLC etc., to the CN4 parallel I/O connector, use the I/O cable (LEC-CK4-).
 NPN  PNP
Power supply 24 VDC Power supply 24 VDC
CN4 for I/O signal CN4 for I/O signal
COM+ 1 COM+ 1
COM− 2 COM− 2
OUT0 3 Load OUT0 3 Load
BUSY 7 Load BUSY 7 Load
ALARM 8 Load ALARM 8 Load
IN0 9 IN0 9
IN1 10 IN1 10
IN2 11 IN2 11
IN3 12 IN3 12
RESET 13 RESET 13
STOP 14 STOP 14
Input Signal Output Signal

Name Details Name Details
COM+ Connects the power supply 24 V for input/output signal Turns on when the positioning or pushing is completed.
LEFS
COM- Connects the power supply 0 V for input/output signal (Output is instructed in the combination of OUT0 to 3.)
• Instruction to drive (input as a combination of IN0 to IN3) OUT0 to OUT3 Example - (operation complete for position no. 3)
• Instruction to return to origin (IN0 to IN3 all ON simultaneously) OUT3 OUT2 OUT1 OUT0
AC Servo Motor
IN0 to IN3 Example - (instruction to drive for position no. 5) OFF OFF ON ON
IN3 IN2 IN1 IN0 BUSY Outputs when the actuator is moving
OFF ON OFF ON *ALARM Note) Not output when alarm is active or servo OFF
Alarm reset and operation interruption Note) Signal of negative-logic circuit (N.C.)
LEFB
During operation: deceleration stop from position at which
RESET
signal is input (servo ON maintained)
While alarm is active: alarm reset
STOP Instruction to stop (after maximum deceleration stop, servo OFF)
Input Signal [IN0 - IN3] Position Number Chart : OFF : ON Output Signal [OUT0 - OUT3] Position Number Chart : OFF : ON
LEFG LECS□
Position number IN3 IN2 IN1 IN0 Position number OUT3 OUT2 OUT1 OUT0
1     1    
2     2    
3     3    
4     4    
5     5    
6     6    
7     7    
8     8    
9     9    
10 (A)     10 (A)    
Specific Product
Precautions
11 (B)     11 (B)    
12 (C)     12 (C)    
13 (D)     13 (D)    
14 (E)     14 (E)    
Return to origin     Return to origin    
92
Series LECP1
Signal Timing
(1) Return to Origin
24 V
Power supply
IN0-3 all ON 0V
ON
Input IN0-3
OFF
ON
BUSY
OFF
Output OUT0-3
∗ALARM
External lock Release

Hold
Speed 0 mm/s
ON after controller system initialization
Return to origin
Output signals for OUT0, OUT1, OUT2, OUT3

are ON when return to origin is completed.
* “∗ALARM” is expressed as negative-logic circuit.
(2) Positioning Operation (4) Stop by the STOP Signal

Power supply 24 V Power supply 24 V
0V 0V
ON ON
Input IN0-3 IN0-3
OFF OFF
Input
ON
OUT0-3 STOP
OFF
Output
ON
BUSY OUT0-3
OFF
Release
External lock Output BUSY
Hold
∗ALARM
Speed 0 mm/s
Positioning operation Release
External lock
Hold
OUT0-3 output signals are ON in the same state
as the input IN0-3 when positioning is completed.
Speed 0 mm/s
Stop by the STOP signal during
positioning operation
(3) Cut-off Stop (Reset Stop)

Power supply 24 V
0V (5) Alarm Reset
ON Alarm reset
IN0-3
OFF ON
Input Input RESET
OFF
RESET
ON
Output ∗ALARM
ON OFF
OUT0-3
OFF Alarm out
Output
BUSY ∗ “∗ALARM” is expressed as negative-logic circuit.
Release
External lock
Hold
Speed 0 mm/s
Cut-off stop during
positioning operation
93
Selection
Model

LEFS
1 Controller side

Actuator side
(Terminal no.) 1 2
(ø8)
(14)
A1 B1 5 6 (13.5)
(17.7)
1 2
1 1.5 A6 B6
(18)
Connector A 15 16
3 3 (14.7) (30.7) L Connector D (11)
(10)
5 5
LEFB
8 8* LE-CP- A8 BC /Cable length: 8 m, 10 m, 15 m, 20 m Controller side
A 10* (∗ Produced upon receipt of order) Connector C (14.2) (Terminal no.)
B 15*
(ø5.5)
Actuator side 1 2
(14)
(Terminal no.)
C 20* 5 6
A1 B1
(17.7)
order (Robotic cable only)
LECA6
A6 B6

1 2
(18)
(ø6.3)
(10)
Robotic cable
Nil Connector A Connector C
(Flexible cable) Signal Cable color
A A-1 Red 1
B B-2 Orange 6
B A-2 Yellow 5
Connector D
Shield Cable color
terminal no.
Vcc B-4 Brown 12
GND A-4 Black 13
A B-5 Red 7
A A-5 Black 6
B B-6 Orange 9
B A-6 Black 8
— 3
1
(ø8)

(10.2) (17.7)
1 1.5 (14) 5 6 (13.5)

A6 B6
3 3 A1 B1 1 2
(18)
A3 B3
5 5
LEFS
(ø5.7)
Connector B 15 16
8 8* (14.7)
(10)
8B
A 10* LE-CP- A C /Cable length: 8 m, 10
m, 15 m, 20 m
15*
AC Servo Motor
B (∗ Produced upon receipt of order) Controller side
C 20* Actuator side
(ø5.5)
(ø6.3)

(14)
(10.2) (17.7)
5 6
A6 B6
LEFB
(13.5)
1 2
(18)
A3 B3
(ø5.7)
Connector B 15 16
(14.7)
Cable type (10)
Robotic cable Connector A Connector C
Nil Signal Cable color
(Flexible cable) A B-1 Brown 2
LEFG LECS□

B B-2 Orange 6
B A-2 Yellow 5
Connector D
Shield Cable color
terminal no.
Vcc B-4 Brown 12
GND A-4 Black 13
A B-5 Red 7
A A-5 Black 6
B B-6 Orange 9
B A-6 Black 8
Specific Product
— 3
Precautions
Connector B
Signal
terminal no.
Lock (+) B-1 Red 4
94
Series LECP1
Options
[Power supply cable]
LEC CK1 1
(15.8)
(ø6)
(10.5) (13.3) (35) (60)
(1500)
Terminal name Covered color Function ∗ Conductor size: AWG20

0V Blue Common supply (-)
M 24V White Motor power supply (+)
C 24V Brown Control power supply (+)
BK RLS Black Lock release (+)
[I/O cable]
LEC CK4
1 1.5
3 3
5 5
Controller side PLC side

(16)
(ø7.9)
(10) (11) (30) (60)

(L)
∗ Conductor size: AWG26

Terminal no. Insulation color Dot mark Dot color Function
1 Light brown Black COM+
2 Light brown Red COM-
3 Yellow Black OUT0
4 Yellow Red OUT1
5 Light green Black OUT2
6 Light green Red OUT3
7 Gray Black BUSY
8 Gray Red ALARM
9 White Black IN0
10 White Red IN1
11 Light brown Black IN2
12 Light brown Red IN3
13 Yellow Black RESET
14 Yellow Red STOP
∗ Parallel I/O signal is valid in auto mode. While the test function operates at manual mode, only the output is valid.
95
Selection
Model
Pulse Input Type ®
Series LECPA

RoHS
LEFS
How to Order
LEFB
Caution
[CE-compliant products] LECP AN 1 LEFS16B-100
q EMC compliance was tested by
combining the electric actuator Driver type
LEF series and the LECPA series. Driver mounting
AN Pulse input type (NPN)
The EMC depends on the con- Nil Screw mounting
figuration of the customer’s con- AP Pulse input type (PNP)
D Note) DIN rail mounting
LECA6
trol panel and the relationship
with other electrical equipment I/O cable length [m] Order it separately.
and wiring. Therefore, conformity
to the EMC directive cannot be
Nil None
1 1.5 Actuator part number
certified for SMC components in- * Pulse input usable only with
corporated into the customer’s differential. Only 1.5 m cables 3 3* (Except cable specification and actuator options)
equipment under actual operat- usable with open collector. 5 5* Example: Enter “LEFS16B-100” for the
ing conditions. As a result, it is LEFS16B-100B-R1AN1D.
necessary for the customer to
verify conformity to the EMC di-
rective for the machinery and * When controller equipped type (-PAlN/-PAPl) is selected when ordering the LE series,
equipment as a whole. you do not need to order this driver.
w For the LECPA series (step * When pulse signals are open collector, order the current limit resistor (LEC-PA-R-l) separately.
motor driver), EMC compliance
was tested by installing a noise
filter set (LEC-NFA). The driver is sold as single unit after
Refer to page 102 for the noise the compatible actuator is set.
filter set. Refer to the LECPA se-
ries Operation Manual for instal- Confirm that the combination of the driver and
lation. the actuator is correct.
When conformity to UL is required, <Check the following before use.>
the electric actuator and driver q Check the actuator label for model number.
should be used with a UL1310
Class 2 power supply. This matches the driver.
w Check Parallel I/O configuration matches (NPN or PNP). q w
∗ Refer to the Operation Manual for using the products. Please download it via our website, http://www.smcworld.com
Specifications
LEFS
Item LECPA
AC Servo Motor
Power voltage: 24 VDC ±10%
Power supply Note 1) Maximum current consumption: 3 A (Peak 5 A) Note 2)
[Including motor drive power, control power, stop, lock release]
Parallel input 5 inputs (Except photo-coupler isolation, pulse input terminal, COM terminal)
LEFB
Maximum frequency: 60 kpps (Open collector), 200 kpps (Differential)
Pulse signal input
Input method: 1 pulse mode (Pulse input in direction), 2 pulse mode (Pulse input in differing directions)
Compatible encoder Incremental A/B phase (Encoder resolution: 800 pulse/rotation)
Serial communication RS485 (Modbus protocol compliant)
Memory EEPROM
LEFG LECS□

I/O cable: 1.5 or less (Open collector), 5 or less (Differential)
Cable length [m]
Actuator cable: 20 or less
Insulation resistance [MΩ] Between the housing and SG terminal: 50 (500 VDC)
Specific Product

Precautions
Note 1) Do not use the power supply of “inrush current prevention type” for the driver power supply. When conformity to UL is required, the electric actuator
and driver should be used with a UL1310 Class 2 power supply.
96 A
Series LECPA
How to Mount
a) Screw mounting (LECPAll-l) b) DIN rail mounting (LECPAllD-l)
(Installation with two M4 (Installation with the DIN rail)
screws)
DIN rail is locked.
Ground wire Ground wire Ground wire
Mounting direction
DIN rail DIN rail
Mounting direction
A A
Hook the driver on the DIN rail and press the lever
of section A in the arrow direction to lock it.
Note) The space between the drivers should be 10 mm or more.
L
DIN rail
12.5 5.25 7.5
AXT100-DR-l (Pitch)
(35)
(25)
Refer to the dimensions on page 98 for the mounting dimensions.

5.5
1.25
L Dimension [mm]
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
L 23 35.5 48 60.5 73 85.5 98 110.5 123 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5
No. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
L 273 285.5 298 310.5 323 335.5 348 360.5 373 385.5 398 410.5 423 435.5 448 460.5 473 485.5 498 510.5

LEC-2-D0 (with 2 mounting screws)
This should be used when the DIN rail mounting adapter is mounted onto the screw mounting type driver afterward.
97
Selection
Model
Dimensions

a) Screw mounting (LECPAll-l)
LEFS
35 66
Power supply LED (Green) ø4.5
1.2
(ON: Power supply is ON.) for body mounting
LEFB
Power supply LED (Red)
(ON: Alarm is ON.)
CN5 Parallel I/O connector

125
116
109
LECA6
CN4 Serial I/O connector
CN2 Motor power connector

4.5
for body mounting
b) DIN rail mounting (LECPAllD-l)
35 76
39.2

LEFS
35
109
AC Servo Motor
LEFG LECS□ LEFB
∗ Mountable on DIN rail (35 mm)
Wiring Example 1
Power Supply Connector: CN1 ∗ Power supply plug is an accessory. Power supply plug for LECPA
CN1 Power Supply Connector Terminal for LECPA (PHOENIX CONTACT FK-MC0.5/5-ST-2.5)
M 24V terminal/C 24V terminal/EMG terminal/BK RLS
0V Common supply (-)
terminal are common (-).
Specific Product
M 24V Motor power supply (+) Motor power supply (+) supplied to the driver
Precautions
C 24V Control power supply (+) Control power supply (+) supplied to the driver
0V
M 24V
C 24V
EMG
BK RLS

98
Series LECPA
Wiring Example 2
∗ When you connect a PLC etc., to the CN5 parallel I/O connector, use the I/O cable (LEC-CL5-l).
LECPANll-l (NPN) LECPAPll- (PNP)
Power supply Power supply
CN5 CN5
24 VDC ±10% 24 VDC ±10%
Terminal name Function Pin no. for I/O signal Terminal name Function Pin no. for I/O signal
COM+ 24 V 1 COM+ 24 V 1
COM− 0V 2 COM− 0V 2
NP+ Pulse signal 3 NP+ Pulse signal 3
NP− Pulse signal 4 NP− Pulse signal 4
Note 1) Note 1)
PP+ Pulse signal 5 PP+ Pulse signal 5
PP− Pulse signal 6 PP− Pulse signal 6
SETUP Input 7 SETUP Input 7
RESET Input 8 RESET Input 8
SVON Input 9 SVON Input 9
CLR Input 10 CLR Input 10
TL Input 11 TL Input 11
TLOUT Output 12 Load TLOUT Output 12 Load
WAREA Output 13 Load WAREA Output 13 Load
BUSY Output 14 Load BUSY Output 14 Load
SETON Output 15 Load SETON Output 15 Load
INP Output 16 Load INP Output 16 Load
SVRE Output 17 Load SVRE Output 17 Load
∗ESTOP Note 2) Output 18 Load ∗ESTOP Note 2) Output 18 Load
∗ALARM Note 2) Output 19 Load ∗ALARM Note 2) Output 19 Load
AREA Output 20 Load AREA Output 20 Load
Round terminal Round terminal

FG FG
0.5-5 0.5-5
Note 1) For pulse signal wiring method, refer to “Pulse Signal Wiring Details”.
Note 2) Output when the power supply of the driver is ON. (N.C.) Output Signal
Name Details
Input Signal BUSY Outputs when the actuator is operating
Name Details SETON Outputs when returning to origin
COM+ Connects the power supply 24 V for input/output signal INP Outputs when target position is reached
COM- Connects the power supply 0 V for input/output signal SVRE Outputs when servo is on
SETUP Instruction to return to origin *ESTOP Note 3) Not output when EMG stop is instructed
RESET Alarm reset *ALARM Note 3) Not output when alarm is generated
SVON Servo ON instruction AREA Outputs within the area output setting range
CLR Deviation reset WAREA Outputs within W-AREA output setting range
TL Instruction to pushing operation TLOUT Outputs during pushing operation
Note 3) Signal of negative-logic circuit ON (N.C.)
Pulse Signal Wiring Details
Pulse signal output of positioning unit is differential output
Positioning unit Inside of the driver

NP+
NP− 1 kΩ
120 Ω
PP+
PP− 1 kΩ
120 Ω
Pulse signal output of positioning unit is open collector output

Pulse signal power supply
Positioning
unit Inside of the driver
Note) Connect the current limit resistor R in series to
NP+
correspond to the pulse signal voltage.
NP− 1 kΩ
Pulse signal Current limit resistor R Current limit resistor
Current limit 120 Ω power supply voltage specifications part no.
resistor R Note) PP+
3.3 kΩ ±5%
1 kΩ 24 VDC ±10% LEC-PA-R-332
PP− (0.5 W or more)
Current limit 120 Ω 390 Ω ±5%
5 VDC ±5% LEC-PA-R-391
resistor R Note) (0.1 W or more)
A 99
Selection
Model
Signal Timing

Return to Origin
LEFS
24 V
Power supply
0V
ON
SVON
OFF
Input
SETUP
ON
LEFB
BUSY
OFF
SVRE
SETON
Output
LECA6
INP
∗ALARM
∗ESTOP
Speed 0 mm/s
Return to origin
If the actuator is within the “in position” range of the basic

parameter, INP will turn ON, but if not, it will remain OFF.
∗ “∗ALARM” and “∗ESTOP” are expressed as negative-logic circuit.
Positioning Operation Pushing Operation

ON ON
TL
OFF OFF
Input Pulse signal Input
Pulse signal
ON ON
TLOUT
OFF OFF
LEFS
Output BUSY Output BUSY
AC Servo Motor
INP INP
Speed 0 mm/s
Positioning operation Speed 0 mm/s
Pushing operation
LEFB
If the actuator is within the “in position” range of the step If the current pushing force exceeds the “trigger LV”
data, INP will turn ON, but if not, it will remain OFF. value of the step data, INP signal will turn ON.
Note) If pushing operation is stopped when there is no pulse

deviation, the moving part of the actuator may pulsate.
LEFG LECS□
Alarm Reset
Alarm reset
ON
Input RESET
OFF
ON
Output ∗ALARM
OFF
Alarm out
Specific Product
∗ “∗ALARM” is expressed as negative-logic circuit.

Precautions
100
Series LECPA

1 Driver side

Actuator side
(Terminal no.) 1 2
(ø8)
(14)
A1 B1 5 6 (13.5)
(17.7)
1 2
1 1.5 A6 B6
(18)
Connector A 15 16
3 3 (14.7) (30.7) L Connector D (11)
(10)
5 5
8 8∗ LE-CP- A8 BC /Cable length: 8 m, 10 m, 15 m, 20 m Driver side
A 10∗ (∗ Produced upon receipt of order) Connector C (14.2) (Terminal no.)
B 15∗
(ø5.5)
Actuator side 1 2
(14)
(Terminal no.)
C 20∗ 5 6
A1 B1
(17.7)
(18)
(ø6.3)
(10)
Robotic cable
Nil
(Flexible cable) Signal
Connector A
Cable color
Connector C
A A-1 Red 1
B B-2 Orange 6
B A-2 Yellow 5
Connector D
Shield Cable color
terminal no.
Vcc B-4 Brown 12
GND A-4 Black 13
A B-5 Red 7
A A-5 Black 6
B B-6 Orange 9
B A-6 Black 8
— 3
1
Actuator side Driver side
(ø8)

(10.2) (17.7)
1 1.5 (14) 5 6 (13.5)

A6 B6
3 3 A1 B1 1 2
(18)
A3 B3
5 5
(ø5.7)
Connector B 15 16
8 8∗ (14.7)
(10)
8B
A 10∗ LE-CP- A C /Cable length: 8 m, 10
m, 15 m, 20 m
B 15∗ (∗ Produced upon receipt of order) Driver side
C 20∗ Actuator side
(ø5.5)
(ø6.3)

(14)
(10.2) (17.7)
5 6
A6 B6
(13.5)
1 2
(18)
A3 B3
(ø5.7)
Connector B 15 16
(14.7)
Cable type (10)
Robotic cable Signal
Connector A
Cable color
Connector C
Nil terminal no. terminal no.
(Flexible cable)
A B-1 Brown 2
B B-2 Orange 6
B A-2 Yellow 5
Connector D
Shield Cable color
terminal no.
Vcc B-4 Brown 12
GND A-4 Black 13
A B-5 Red 7
A A-5 Black 6
B B-6 Orange 9
B A-6 Black 8
— 3
Connector B
Signal
terminal no.
Lock (+) B-1 Red 4
101
Selection
Model
Options

[I/O cable]
LEFS
LEC C L5 1
I/O cable type I/O cable length (L)
L5 For LECPA 1 1.5 m
3 3 m*
5 5 m*
LEFB
* Pulse input usable only with
differential. Only 1.5 m cables
usable with open collector.
Pin Insulation Dot Dot Pin Insulation Dot Dot
no. color mark color no. color mark color
L 1 Light brown  Black 12 Light brown  Red
LECA6
(12) 2 Light brown  Red 13 Yellow  Black
20 19 3 Yellow  Black 14 Yellow  Red
4 Yellow  Red 15 Light green  Black
5 Light green  Black 16 Light green  Red
(22)
6 Light green  Red 17 Gray  Black

(25) (10) (40) 7 Gray  Black 18 Gray  Red
2 1 8 Gray  Red 19 White  Black
(45)
9 White  Black 20 White  Red
100 ±10
Number of cores 20 10 White  Red Round terminal
11 Light brown  Black Green
AWG size 24 0.5-5
[Noise filter set] [Current limit resistor]

Step motor driver (Pulse input type) This optional resistor (LEC-PA-R-l) is used when the pulse signal
LEC NFA
output of the positioning unit is open collector output.
Contents of the set: 2 noise filters

LEC PA R l
(Manufactured by WURTH ELEKTRONIK: 74271222)
Current limit resistor
LEFS
Pulse signal power
Symbol Resistance
supply voltage
(33.5)
332 3.3 kΩ ±5% 24 VDC ±10%
AC Servo Motor
391 390 Ω ±5% 5 VDC ±5%
* Select a current limit resistor that
(12.5)
corresponds to the pulse signal power

(42.2) (28.8) supply voltage.
* For the LEC-PA-R-l, two pieces are
LEFB
∗ Refer to the LECPA series Operation Manual for installation. shipped as a set.
LEFG LECS□
Specific Product
Precautions
102
Series LEC Windows®XP, Windows®7 compatible
Controller Setting Kit/LEC-W2

How to Order
q Controller setting LEC W2

software
Controller setting kit
w Communication e USB cable (Japanese and English are available.)
cable (A-mini B type)
Contents
HRS
PC q Controller setting software (CD-ROM)

w Communication cable
e USB cable
(Cable between the PC and the conversion unit)
Step data input type Series LECP6/Series LECA6
Pulse input type Series LECPA
CC-Link direct input type Series LECPMJ
IBM PC/AT compatible machine running
OS Windows®XP (32-bit),
Windows®7 (32-bit and 64-bit).
Communication
USB 1.1 or USB 2.0 ports
interface
Display XGA (1024 x 768) or more
∗Windows® and Windows®7 are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States.
∗ Refer to SMC website for version update information, http://www.smcworld.com
Screen Example
Easy mode screen example Normal mode screen example
Easy operation and simple setting

 Allowing to set and display actuator step data Detailed setting
such as position, speed, force, etc.  Step data can be set in detail.
 Setting of step data and testing of the drive can  Signals and terminal status can be monitored.
be performed on the same page.  Parameters can be set.
 Can be used to jog and move at a constant rate.  JOG and constant rate movement, return to origin, test operation and
testing of forced output can be performed.
103
®
Series LEC
Selection
Teaching Box/LEC-T1
Model
RoHS

How to Order
LEFS
LEC T1 3 J G
Enable switch
Teaching box Enable switch
(Option)
Nil None
LEFB
Cable length [m] S Equipped with enable switch
3 3 ∗ Interlock switch for jog and test function
Stop switch
Initial language
J Japanese
Stop switch
E English
G Equipped with stop switch
LECA6
∗ The displayed language can be changed to English or Japanese.
Specifications
Item Description
Standard functions Switch Stop switch, Enable switch (Option)
• Chinese character display Cable length [m] 3
• Stop switch is provided. Enclosure IP64 (Except connector)
Option Operating humidity range [%RH] 90 or less (No condensation)
• Enable switch is provided. Weight [g] 350 (Except cable)
The EMC compliance of the teaching box was tested with the LECP6 series step motor controller
(servo/24 VDC) and an applicable actuator.
When conformity to UL is required, the electric actuator and driver should be used with a UL1310 Class
2 power supply.
Easy Mode
Function Details Menu Operations Flowchart

Menu Data
LEFS
Step data • Setting of step data
Data Step data no.
• Jog operation Monitor Setting of two items selected below
Jog
• Return to origin Jog Ver. 1.**:
AC Servo Motor
• 1 step operation Note 1) Test Position, Speed, Force, Acceleration, Deceleration
Test ALM Ver. 2.**:
• Return to origin
TB setting Position, Speed, Pushing force, Acceleration, Deceleration, Movement MOD,
• Display of axis and step data no.
Trigger LV, Pushing speed, Moving force, Area 1, Area 2, In position
Monitor • Display of two items selected from
Position, Speed, Force.
LEFB
Monitor
• Active alarm display Display of step no.
ALM
• Alarm reset Display of two items selected below
• Reconnection of axis (Ver. 1.∗∗) (Position, Speed, Force)
• Displayed language setting
Jog
(Ver. 2.**)
TB setting Return to origin
LEFG LECS□
• Setting of easy/normal mode

• Setting step data and selection of Jog operation
items from easy mode monitor
Test Note 1)
1 step operation
ALM
Active alarm display
Alarm reset
TB setting
Specific Product
Precautions
Reconnect (Ver. 1.**)

Japanese/English (Ver. 2.**)
Easy/Normal
Note 1) Not compatible with the LECPA. Set item
104
Series LEC
Normal Mode
Menu Operations Flowchart
Function Details Menu Step data
Step data • Step data setting Step data Step data no.
Parameter Movement MOD
Parameter • Parameters setting
Monitor Speed
• Jog operation/Constant rate movement Test Position
• Return to origin ALM Acceleration
• Test drive Note 1) File Deceleration
(Specify a maximum of 5 step data TB setting Pushing force
Test
and operate.) Reconnect Trigger LV
• Forced output Pushing speed
(Forced signal output, Forced Moving force
terminal output) Note 2) Area 1, 2
In position
• Drive monitor
• Output signal monitor Note 2) Parameter Basic setting
Monitor • Input signal monitor Note 2) Basic
• Output terminal monitor ORIG ORIG setting
• Input terminal monitor
Monitor DRV monitor
• Active alarm display
ALM (Alarm reset) Drive Position, Speed, Torque
• Alarm log record display
Output signal Note 2) Step no.
Input signal Note 2) Last step no.
• Data saving Output terminal
Save the step data and parameters Input terminal Output signal monitor
of the driver which is being used for
communication (it is possible to Test Input signal monitor
save four files, with one set of step JOG/MOVE
Output terminal monitor
data and parameters defined as Return to ORIG
File one file). Test drive Note 1) Input terminal monitor
• Load to driver Forced output Note 2)
Loads the data which is saved in
the teaching box to the driver which ALM Status
is being used for communication. Status Active alarm display
• Delete the saved data. ALM Log record Alarm reset
• File protection (Ver. 2.**) File ALM Log record display
• Display setting Data saving Log entry display
(Easy/Normal mode) Load to driver
• Language setting File deletion
(Japanese/English) File protection (Ver. 2.**)
TB setting • Backlight setting
• LCD contrast setting TB setting
• Beep sound setting Easy/Normal
• Max. connection axis Language
• Distance unit (mm/inch) Backlight Note 1) Not compatible with the
LCD contrast LECPA.
Reconnect • Reconnection of axis
Beep Note 2) The following signals
Max. connection axis are compatible with
Password LECPA with TB Ver.
Distance unit 2.10 or newer.
Input: CLR, TL
Reconnect Output: TLOUT
Dimensions
34.5 4 102
w
No. Description Function
q 1 LCD A screen of liquid crystal display (with backlight)

2 Ring A ring for hanging the teaching box
r
When switch is pushed in, the switch locks and stops.
t 3 Stop switch
The lock is released when it is turned to the right.
185
4 Stop switch guard A guard for the stop switch

y e Prevents unintentional operation (unexpected opera-
Enable switch
5 tion) of the jog test function.
(Option)
Other functions such as data change are not covered.
6 Key switch Switch for each input

7 Cable Length: 3 meters
25 22.5 u i
8 Connector A connector connected to CN4 of the driver
105
Selection
Model
AC Servo Motor

Ball Screw Drive Page 123
LEFS
Series LEFS
Clean Room Specification Page 135
LEFB
Series 11-LEFS
LECA6
Belt Drive Page 141
Series LEFB
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
AC Servo Motor Driver Page 152

LECS 
LEFB
Series
LEFG LECS□
Specific Product
Precautions
106
Electric Actuator/Slider Type AC Servo Motor
Ball Screw Drive/Series LEFS
Model Selection
Selection Procedure
Selection Example
Operating 70
conditions Lead 10: LEFS40B
Speed: 300 [mm/s] 60
W
50
Acceleration/Deceleration: 3000 [mm/s2]
Work load: W [kg]

100 40
Stroke: 200 [mm] Lead 20:
30 LEFS40A
Mounting position: Horizontal upward
20
10
Step 1 Check the work load–speed. <Speed–Work load graph> (Page 108)
0
Select the target model based on the workpiece mass and speed with reference 0 200 400 600 800 1000
to the <Speed–Work load graph>. Speed: V [mm/s]
Selection example) The LEFS40S4B-200 is temporarily selected based on the <Speed–Work load graph>
graph shown on the right side. (LEFS40)
Step 2 Check the cycle time.

L
following calculation method. T1 to T4 can be calculated as follows.
Speed: V [mm/s]
Cycle time: a1 a2
T3 = V/a2 = 300/3000 = 0.1 [s] Time
T = T1 + T2 + T3 + T4 [s] [s]
L − 0.5 · V · (T1 + T3)
Deceleration time can be obtained V T1 T2 T3 T4
by the following equation. 200 − 0.5 · 300 · (0.1 + 0.1)
= L : Stroke [mm]
300
T1 = V/a1 [s] T3 = V/a2 [s] ··· (Operating condition)
= 0.57 [s]
T4 = 0.05 [s] V : Speed [mm/s]
T2: Constant speed time can be
··· (Operating condition)
Therefore, the cycle time can be obtained a1: Acceleration [mm/s2]
L − 0.5 · V · (T1 + T3) as follows. ··· (Operating condition)
T2 = [s]
V a2: Deceleration [mm/s2]
T = T1 + T2 + T3 + T4
T4: Settling time varies depending on = 0.1 + 0.57 + 0.1 + 0.05
the conditions such as motor types, = 0.82 [s] T1: Acceleration time [s]
load and in positioning of the step data. Time until reaching the set speed
Therefore, calculate the settling time T2: Constant speed time [s]
with reference to the following value. Time while the actuator is operating
at a constant speed
T4 = 0.05 [s] T3: Deceleration time [s]
Time from the beginning of the constant
Step 3 Check the guide moment. speed operation to stop
1500 T4: Settling time [s]
Time until in position is completed
1000 mm/s2
Overhang: L1 [mm]
Mep
1000
m 3000 mm/s2
L1
500
5000 mm/s2
0
Based on the above calculation result, 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Work load [kg]
the LEFS40S4B-200 is selected.
107
Model Selection Series LEFS
Selection
Model
Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide) ∗ The allowable speed is restricted depending on the stroke. Select it by referring to “Allowable Stroke Speed” below.

LEFS
Horizontal Vertical
30 20
Lead 6: LEFS25B Use a regeneration
25 Lead 6: LEFS25B Lead 12: LEFS25A option.
15
Work load [kg]
Work load [kg]

20 Lead 20: LEFS25H Lead 12: LEFS25A
15 A 10 Lead 20: LEFS25H
LEFB
10 A
5
5
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600
Speed [mm/s] Speed [mm/s]
LECA6
Horizontal Vertical
60 30
Lead 8: LEFS32B Lead 16: LEFS32A
50 25 Lead 8: LEFS32B
Lead 24: LEFS32H
Work load [kg]
Work load [kg]

40 20 Lead 16: LEFS32A
30 15 A Lead 24: LEFS32H
20 A 10
10 5
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600

Horizontal Vertical
70 40
Lead 20: LEFS40A 35 Lead 10: LEFS40B
60
30 Lead 20: LEFS40A
Work load [kg]
50
Work load [kg]
Lead 30:
25 A
40 LEFS40H
20 B Lead 30: LEFS40H
30
15
20 Lead 10: 10
LEFS
10 LEFS40B A
5
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600
AC Servo Motor
Required conditions for “Regeneration option” “Regeneration Option” Models

∗ Regeneration option required when using product above regeneration line in graph. (Order separately.) Operating
Model
condition
LEFB
A LEC-MR-RB-032
B LEC-MR-RB-12
Allowable Stroke Speed

[mm/s]
LEFG LECS□
AC servo Lead Stroke [mm]

Model
motor Symbol [mm] Up to 100 Up to 200 Up to 300 Up to 400 Up to 500 Up to 600 Up to 700 Up to 800 Up to 900 Up to 1000
H 20 1500 1100 860 — — — —
100 W A 12 900 720 540 — — — —
LEFS25
/l40 B 6 450 360 270 — — — —
(Motor rotation speed) (4500 rpm) (3650 rpm) (2700 rpm) — — — —
H 24 1500 1200 930 750 — —
200 W A 16 1000 800 620 500 — —
LEFS32
/l60 B 8 500 400 310 250 — —
(Motor rotation speed) (3750 rpm) (3000 rpm) (2325 rpm) (1875 rpm) — —
Specific Product
Precautions
H 30 — 1500 1410 1140 930 780

400 W A 20 — 1000 940 760 620 520
LEFS40
/l60 B 10 — 500 470 380 310 260
(Motor rotation speed) — (3000 rpm) (2820 rpm) (2280 rpm) (1860 rpm) (1560 rpm)
108
Series LEFS
Work Load–Acceleration/Deceleration Graph (Guide)

LEFS25SlH/Ball Screw Drive LEFS25SlH/Ball Screw Drive
Horizontal Vertical
22500
20000 Duty ratio: 50%
Duty ratio: 50% 20000
Acceleration/Deceleration [mm/s2]
Duty ratio: 75% 17500
15000
15000
Duty ratio: 100%
12500
12500
10000
10000
7500
5000 5000
2500 2500
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 1 2 3 4
Work load [kg] Work load [kg]
LEFS25SlA/Ball Screw Drive LEFS25SlA/Ball Screw Drive

Horizontal Vertical
20000 20000
Duty ratio: 50% Duty ratio: 50%
17500 17500
15000 15000
Duty ratio: 100%
12500 12500
10000 10000
7500 7500
Duty ratio: 100%
5000 5000
2500 2500
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 2 4 6 8
LEFS25SlB/Ball Screw Drive LEFS25SlB/Ball Screw Drive

Horizontal Vertical
20000 20000
17500 17500
15000 15000
12500 12500
10000 10000
7500 7500
5000 5000
2500 2500
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 5 10 15
109
Selection
Model

LEFS
Horizontal Vertical
22500 22500
20000 20000
Duty ratio: 50%
17500 17500
Duty ratio: 50%
15000 Duty ratio: 75% 15000
LEFB
Duty ratio: 75%
12500 12500
10000 10000
7500 7500
5000 5000
LECA6
2500 2500
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 1 2 3 4 5

Horizontal Vertical
20000 20000
17500 Duty ratio: 50% 17500
15000 15000
Duty ratio: 75%
Duty ratio: 50%
12500 12500
10000 10000
Duty ratio: 100%
7500 7500
5000 5000
2500 2500
LEFS
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 0 2 4 6 8 10
AC Servo Motor
Horizontal Vertical
LEFB
20000 20000
17500 17500
15000 15000
LEFG LECS□

12500 12500
10000 10000
7500 7500
5000 5000
2500 2500
0 0
Specific Product
0 10 20 30 40 0 5 10 15 20
Precautions
110
Series LEFS

Horizontal Vertical
22500 22500
Duty ratio: 50%
20000 20000
17500 Duty ratio: 75% 17500 Duty ratio: 50%
15000 15000 Duty ratio: 75%

Duty ratio: 100%
12500 12500 Duty ratio: 100%
10000 10000
7500 7500
5000 5000
2500 2500
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Horizontal Vertical
22500 22500
20000 Duty ratio: 50% 20000

17500 17500
Duty ratio: 75%
Duty ratio: 50%
15000 15000
12500 12500
Duty ratio: 100%
10000 10000
7500 7500
5000 5000
2500 2500
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 5 10 15

Horizontal Vertical
22500 22500
20000 20000 Duty ratio: 50%

Duty ratio: 50%

17500 17500
15000 15000
12500 12500
10000 10000
7500 7500
5000 5000
2500 2500
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30
111
Selection
Model

Acceleration/Deceleration 1000 mm/s2 3000 mm/s2 5000 mm/s2 10000 mm/s2 20000 mm/s2
LEFS
Orientation

m: Work load [kg]
L: Overhang to the work load center of gravity [mm] LEFS25Sl LEFS32Sl LEFS40Sl
1000 1000 1000
LEFB
Mep
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
Pitching
m
500 500 500
L1
LECA6
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Work load [kg] Work load [kg] Work load [kg]
1000 1000 1000
Mey
Horizontal
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
Yawing
m 500 500 500

L2
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
800 800 800
600 600 600

L3
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
Rolling
400 400 400

Mer
m 200 200 200
LEFS
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
AC Servo Motor
1500 1500 1500
1000 1000 1000

L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
Pitching
LEFB
500 500 500

m
Mep
0 0 0
L4 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30
LEFG LECS□
Vertical
1500 1500 1500
1000 1000 1000

L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
Yawing
500 500 500

m
Specific Product
Precautions
Mey
0 0 0
L5 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30
112
Series LEFS
Table Accuracy
A side
B side
C side LEFS25 0.05 0.03

w
LEFS32 0.05 0.03
D side LEFS40 0.05 0.03
L W
0.08
LEFS32
0.06 (L = 30 mm)
Displacement [mm]
LEFS25
(L = 25 mm)
0.04
LEFS40
(L = 37 mm)
0.02
0
0 100 200 300 400 500
Load W [N]
113
114

Particle Generation Measuring Method
The particle generation data for SMC Clean Series are measured in the following test method.
 Test Method (Example)

Place the specimen in the acrylic resin chamber and operate it while supplying the same flow rate of clean air as the suction flow
rate of the measuring instrument (28.3 L/min). Measure the changes of the particle concentration over time until the number of
cycles reaches the specified point.
The chamber is placed in an ISO Class 5 equivalent clean bench.
 Measuring Conditions
Internal volume 28.3 L
Chamber
Supply air quality Same quality as the supply air for driving
Description Laser dust monitor (Automatic particle counter by lightscattering method)
Measuring
Minimum measurable particle diameter 0.1 μm
instrument
Suction flow rate 28.3 L/min
Sampling time 5 min
Setting
Interval time 55 min
conditions
Sampling air flow 141.5 L
Air cleaning system
Clean gas filter
Clean bench (ISO Class 5 equivalent)
Supply rate 28.3 L/min Vacuum exhaust

from vacuum port
Laser dust monitor
(Suction flow rate 28.3 L/min)
Particle generation measuring circuit
 Evaluation Method
To obtain the measured values of particle concentration, the accumulated value Note 1) of particles captured every 5 minutes, by
the laser dust monitor, is converted into the particle concentration in every 1 m3.
When determining particle generation grades, the 95% upper confidence limit of the average particle concentration (average
value), when each specimen is operated at a specified number of cycles Note 2) is considered.
The plots in the graphs indicate the 95% upper confidence limit of the average particle concentration of particles with a
diameter within the horizontal axis range.
Note 1) Sampling air flow rate: Number of particles contained in 141.5 L of air
Note 2) Actuator: 1 million cycles
115
Particle Generation Characteristics Series 11-LEFS
Selection
Model
AC Servo Motor (100/200/400 W)

LEFS
10000000 10000000
ISO Class 6 (Class 1000) upper limit ISO Class 6 (Class 1000) upper limit
1000000 1000000
LEFB
100000 100000

ISO Class 5 (Class 100) Suction flow rate: 30 L/min
upper limit
10000 10000
LECA6
ISO Class 5 (Class 100)
upper limit
1000 1000
ISO Class 4 (Class 10) Suction flow rate: 60 L/min

upper limit
100 Suction flow rate: 50 L/min 100
ISO Class 4 (Class 10) upper limit
10 10
1 1
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
11-LEFS40 Speed 1000 mm/s

10000000
ISO Class 5
(Class 100)
ISO Class 6 (Class 1000) upper limit upper limit
1000000
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
100000
10000
LEFB
Suction flow rate: ISO Class 4 (Class 10)

1000 80 L/min upper limit

LEFG LECS□
100
10
1
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
Specific Product
Precautions
Particle diameter [µm]
116
Model Selection
AC Servo Motor ∗ The allowable speed is restricted depending on the stroke. Select it by referring to “Allowable Stroke Speed” below.

Horizontal Vertical
30 30
Use a regeneration
25 25
Lead 6: 11-LEFS25B Lead 12: 11-LEFS25A option.
Work load [kg]

Work load [kg]
20 20
Lead 6: 11-LEFS25B
15 15
A
10 10 Lead 12: 11-LEFS25A
5 5
A
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000

Horizontal Vertical
60 30
50 Lead 8: 11-LEFS32B 25
Lead 16: 11-LEFS32A Lead 8: 11-LEFS32B
Work load [kg]
Work load [kg]
40 20
30 15
A Lead 16: 11-LEFS32A
20 10
10 5 A
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200

Horizontal Vertical
70 40
Lead 10: 11-LEFS40B
60 35 Lead 10: 11-LEFS40B
Lead 20: 11-LEFS40A 30
Work load [kg]
Work load [kg]
50
25
40 A
A 20 Lead 20: 11-LEFS40A
30
15
20 10 B
10 5
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Required conditions for “Regeneration option” “Regeneration Option” Models

* Regeneration option required when using product above “Regeneration” line in graph. (Order separately.) Operating
Model
condition
A LEC-MR-RB-032
B LEC-MR-RB-12
Allowable Stroke Speed

[mm/s]
AC servo Lead Stroke [mm]
Model
motor Symbol [mm] Up to 100 Up to 200 Up to 300 Up to 400 Up to 500 Up to 600 Up to 700 Up to 800 Up to 900 Up to 1000
A 12 900 720 540 — — — —
100 W
11-LEFS25 B 6 450 360 270 — — — —
/40
(Motor rotation speed) (4500 rpm) (3650 rpm) (2700 rpm) — — — —
A 16 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 800 620 500 — —
200 W
11-LEFS32 B 8 500 500 500 500 500 400 310 250 — —
/60
(Motor rotation speed) (3750 rpm) (3000 rpm) (2325 rpm) (1875 rpm) — —
A 20 — 1000 940 760 620 520
400 W
11-LEFS40 B 10 — 500 470 380 310 260
/60
(Motor rotation speed) — (3000 rpm) (2820 rpm) (2280 rpm) (1860 rpm) (1560 rpm)
117
Model Selection Series 11-LEFS
Selection
Model
Dynamic Allowable Moment ∗ This graph shows the amount of allowable overhang when the center of gravity of the workpiece overhangs in one direction. When the center of
AC Servo Motor gravity of the workpiece overhangs in two directions, refer to the Electric Actuator Selection Software for confirmation, http://www.smcworld.com

LEFS
Orientation

m: Work load [kg]
L: Overhang to the work load center of gravity [mm] 11-LEFS25Sl 11-LEFS32Sl 11-LEFS40Sl
1500 1500 1500
LEFB
Mep 1000 1000 1000
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
Pitching
m
L1
500 500 500
LECA6
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
1500 1500 1500
Mey 1000 1000 1000

Horizontal
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
Yawing
m
L2 500 500 500
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
1000 1000 1000
800 800 800
L3 600 600 600

L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
Rolling
400 400 400

Mer
m
200 200 200
LEFS
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
AC Servo Motor
1500 1500 1500
1000 1000 1000

L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
Pitching
LEFB
500 500 500

m
Mep
0 0 0
L4 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30
LEFG LECS□
Vertical
1500 1500 1500
1000 1000 1000

L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
Yawing
500 500 500

m
Specific Product
Precautions
Mey
0 0 0
L5 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30
118
Belt Drive/Series LEFB
Model Selection
Selection Procedure
Selection Example
Operating 40
conditions
Speed: 1500 [mm/s] 30 LEFB40
Work load: W [kg]

W
Acceleration/Deceleration: 3000 [mm/s ] 2
20
100 LEFB32
Stroke: 2000 [mm] 10 LEFB25
Mounting position: Horizontal upward
0
0 1000 1500 2000
Speed: V [mm/s]
Step 1 Check the work load–speed. <Speed–Work load graph> (Page 120) <Speed–Work load graph>
Select the target model based on the workpiece mass and speed with reference (LEFB40)
to the <Speed–Work load graph>.
Selection example) The LEFB40S4S-2000 is temporarily selected based on
the graph shown on the right side. L
Speed: V [mm/s]
Step 2 Check the cycle time. a1 a2
following calculation method. T1 to T4 can be calculated as follows. Time
[s]
Cycle time:
T1 T2 T3 T4
T3 = V/a2 = 1500/3000 = 0.5 [s]
T = T1 + T2 + T3 + T4 [s]
L − 0.5 · V · (T1 + T3) L : Stroke [mm]
V ··· (Operating condition)
Deceleration time can be obtained
by the following equation. 2000 − 0.5 · 1500 · (0.5 + 0.5) V : Speed [mm/s]
=
1500 ··· (Operating condition)
T1 = V/a1 [s] T3 = V/a2 [s] a1: Acceleration [mm/s2]
= 0.83 [s]
T2: Constant speed time can be T4 = 0.05 [s]
a2: Deceleration [mm/s2]
Therefore, the cycle time can be obtained ··· (Operating condition)
L − 0.5 · V · (T1 + T3) as follows.
T2 = [s] T1: Acceleration time [s]
V
T = T1 + T2 + T3 + T4 Time until reaching the set speed
T4: Settling time varies depending on = 0.5 + 0.83 + 0.5 + 0.05 T2: Constant speed time [s]
the conditions such as motor types, Time while the actuator is operating
= 1.88 [s]
load and in positioning of the step data. at a constant speed
Therefore, calculate the settling time T3: Deceleration time [s]
with reference to the following value. Time from the beginning of the constant
speed operation to stop
T4 = 0.05 [s] T4: Settling time [s]
Step 3 Check the guide moment. Time until in position is completed
1000 mm/s2
1000
3000 mm/s2
Mep
5000 mm/s2
Overhang: L1 [mm]
m 10000 mm/s2
L1 20000
500
mm/s2
100
0
Based on the above calculation result, 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Work load [kg]
the LEFB40S4S-2000 is selected.
119
Model Selection Series LEFB
Selection
Model
Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide) Work Load–Acceleration/Deceleration Graph (Guide)
LEFS
LEFBl/Belt Drive LEFBl/Belt Drive
30 LEFB25Sl (Duty ratio)

LEFB40
25 20000 LEFB25 (50%)
LEFB
Area where the regeneration LEFB25 (75%)
option is required. 17500
Work load: W [kg]
LEFB25 (100%)
15000
LEFB32
15 12500
10000
LECA6
7500
LEFB25
5 5000
0 2500
0 1000 2000 2500
0
Speed: V [mm/s] 0 5 10
Work load [kg]
* The shaded area in the graph requires the regeneration option (LEC-MR-RB-032).
LEFB32Sl (Duty ratio)

Cycle Time Graph (Guide)
20000 LEFB32 (50%)
LEFB32 (75%)
LEFBl/Belt Drive 17500
LEFB32 (100%)
15000
LEFB25/32/40 Acceleration/Deceleration [mm/s2]
12500
5.0
10000
4.5 5000
10000 7500
4.0
20000
5000
3.5
Cycle time [s]
3.0 2500
2.5 0
0 5 10 15 20
2.0
Work load [kg]
LEFS
1.5
1.0
LEFB40Sl (Duty ratio)
0.5
AC Servo Motor
0.0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 20000 LEFB40 (50%)
LEFB40 (75%)
Stroke [mm] 17500
LEFB40 (100%)
* Cycle time is for when maximum speed. 15000
* Maximum stroke: LEFB25: 2000 mm
LEFB
LEFB32: 2500 mm 12500

LEFB40: 3000 mm 10000
7500
5000
LEFG LECS□
2500
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Work load [kg]
Specific Product
Precautions
120
Series LEFB
Acceleration/Deceleration 1000 mm/s2 3000 mm/s2 5000 mm/s2 10000 mm/s2 20000 mm/s2
Orientation

m: Work load [kg]
L: Overhang to the work load center of gravity [mm] LEFB25Sl LEFB32Sl LEFB40Sl
1000 1000 1000
Mep
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
Pitching
m
500 500 500
L1
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
1000 1000 1000
Mey
Horizontal
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
Yawing
m
500 500 500
L2
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
800 800 800
600 600 600
L3
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
Rolling
400 400 400

Mer
m
200 200 200
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
121
Model Selection Series LEFB
Selection
Model
Table Accuracy
LEFS
A side
B side
C side LEFB25 0.05 0.03

w
LEFB
LEFB32 0.05 0.03
D side LEFB40 0.05 0.03
LECA6
L W
0.06
Displacement [mm]
0.04
LEFS
LEFB32
(L = 30 mm)
AC Servo Motor
0.02 LEFB25
(L = 25 mm)
LEFB40
LEFB
(L = 37 mm)
0
0 100 200 300
Load W [N]
LEFG LECS□

Specific Product
Precautions
122
Ball Screw Drive AC Servo Motor
Series LEFS
LEFS25, 32, 40
RoHS
How to Order
LEFS H 32 R S3 B 200 S 2 A2
q w e r t y u i o !0 !1
q Accuracy r Motor type t Lead [mm] y Stroke [mm]
Nil Basic type Symbol Type Output (W) Actuator size Compatible driver Symbol LEFS25 LEFS32 LEFS40 50 50
H High precision type S2* 100 25 LECSA-S1 H 20 24 30 to to
AC servo motor
S3 (Incremental encoder)
200 32 LECSA-S3 A 12 16 20 1000 1000
S4 400 40 LECSA2-S4 B 6 8 10 * Refer to the applicable stroke table.
w Size LECSB-S5
25 S6* 100 25 LECSC-S5 u Motor option i Cable type Note 1) Note 2)
32 LECSS-S5
Nil Without option Nil Without cable
40 LECSB-S7
AC servo motor B With lock S Standard cable
S7 (Absolute encoder)
200 32 LECSC-S7 Robotic cable
LECSS-S7 R
e Motor mounting LECSB2-S8
o Cable length Note 3) [m] (Flexible cable)
position S8 400 40 LECSC2-S8 Nil Without cable Note 1) M
otor cable and encoder
Nil In-line 2 2 cable are included. (Lock
LECSS2-S8
cable is also included if motor
R Right side parallel 5 5
* For motor type S2 and S6, the compatible driver part option “With lock” is selected.)
L Left side parallel number suffixes are S1 and S5 respectively. A 10
Note 2) S
tandard cable entry direction
Note 3) The length of the encoder, is “(B) Counter axis side”. For
!0 Driver type !1 I/O cable length [m] Note 4) motor and lock cables are motor parallel type of the ball
the same. screw drive, the cable entry
Compatible Power supply Size Nil Without cable
driver voltage (V) 25 32 40 H Without cable (Connector only) direction is “(A) Axis side”.
Nil Without driver — V V V 1 1.5 Support Guide/Series LEFG
A1 LECSA1-S 100 to 120 V V — Note 4) When “Without driver” is selected for driver type, only A support guide is designed to support
work pieces with significant
A2 LECSA2-S 200 to 230 V V V “Nil: Without cable” can be selected. overhang.
B1 LECSB1-S 100 to 120 V V — Refer to page 164-1 if I/O cable is required.
Page 169
B2 LECSB2-S 200 to 230 V V V (Options are shown on page 164-1.)
C1 LECSC1-S 100 to 120 V V —
C2 LECSC2-S 200 to 230 V V V Applicable Stroke Table V: Standard
S1 LECSS1-S 100 to 120 V V — Stroke
S2 LECSS2-S 200 to 230 V V V (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
Model
* When the driver type is selected, the cable is LEFS25 V V V V V V V V V V V V — — — — — — — —
included. Select cable type and cable length.
Example)
LEFS32 V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V — — — —
S2S2: Standard cable (2 m) + Driver (LECSS2) LEFS40 — — V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V
S2 : Standard cable (2 m) *P
lease consult with SMC for non-standard strokes as they are produced as special orders.
Nil : Without cable and driver
Compatible Driver
Pulse input type Pulse input type CC-Link direct SSCNET # type
/Positioning type input type
Driver type
Series LECSA LECSB LECSC LECSS

Number of point tables Up to 7 — Up to 255 (2 stations occupied) —
Pulse input v v — —
Applicable network — — CC-Link SSCNET #
Incremental Absolute Absolute Absolute
Control encoder
17-bit encoder 18-bit encoder 18-bit encoder 18-bit encoder
Communication function USB communication USB communication, RS422 communication USB communication, RS422 communication USB communication
Power supply voltage (V) 100 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz), 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Reference page 152
B 123
Selection
Model
Specifications

LEFS25, 32, 40 AC Servo Motor
LEFS
Model LEFS25S26 LEFS32S37 LEFS40S48
Stroke [mm] Note 1) 50 to 600 50 to 800 150 to 1000
Horizontal 10 20 20 30 40 45 30 50 60
Vertical 4 8 15 5 10 20 7 15 30
Up to 400 1500 900 450 1500 1000 500 1500 1000 500
401 to 500 1200 720 360 1500 1000 500 1500 1000 500
Note 3) 501 to 600 900 540 270 1200 800 400 1500 1000 500
LEFB
Max. speed Stroke 601 to 700 — — — 930 620 310 1410 940 470
[mm/s] range
701 to 800 — — — 750 500 250 1140 760 380

801 to 900 — — — — — — 930 620 310
901 to 1000 — — — — — — 780 520 260
Max. acceleration/deceleration [mm/s2] 20000 (Refer to page 108 for limit according to work load and duty ratio.)
LECA6
[mm] High precision type ±0.01
Lead [mm] 20 12 6 24 16 8 30 20 10
Motor output/Size 100 W/40 200 W/60 400 W/60
Motor type AC servo motor (100/200 VAC)

Motor type S2, S3, S4: Incremental 17-bit encoder (Resolution: 131072 p/rev)
Encoder
Motor type S6, S7, S8: Absolute 18-bit encoder (Resolution: 262144 p/rev)
Power Horizontal 45 65 210
consumption [W] Note 6) Vertical 145 175 230
Standby power consumption Horizontal 2 2 2
when operating [W] Note 7) Vertical 8 8 18
specifications
Lock unit
Holding force [N] 78 131 255 131 197 385 220 330 660
Power consumption at 20°C [W] Note 10) 6.3 7.9 7.9
LEFS
Note 1) Please consult with SMC for non-standard strokes as they are Hz. Test was performed in both an axial direction and a perpendicular direction to
produced as special orders. the lead screw. (Test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
Note 2) For details, refer to “Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide)” on page 108. Note 6) The power consumption (including the driver) is for when the actuator is operating.
Note 3) The allowable speed changes according to the stroke. Note 7) The standby power consumption when operating (including the driver) is
AC Servo Motor
Note 4) A reference value for correcting an error in reciprocal operation. for when the actuator is stopped in the set position during the operation.
Note 5) Impact resistance: No malfunction occurred when the actuator was tested Note 8) The maximum instantaneous power consumption (including the
with a drop tester in both an axial direction and a perpendicular direction to driver) is for when the actuator is operating.
the lead screw. (Test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.) Note 9) Only when motor option “With lock” is selected.
Vibration resistance: No malfunction occurred in a test ranging between 45 to 2000 Note 10) For an actuator with lock, add the power consumption for the lock.
Weight
LEFB
Series LEFS25S
Stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
Motor S2 2.00 2.14 2.28 2.44 2.56 2.69 2.84 2.99 3.12 3.24 3.40 3.54
type S6 2.06 2.20 2.34 2.50 2.62 2.75 2.90 3.05 3.18 3.30 3.46 3.60
LEFG LECS□
Additional weight with lock [kg] S2: 0.2/S6: 0.3
Series LEFS32S
Stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Motor S3 3.40 3.60 3.80 4.00 4.20 4.40 4.60 4.80 5.00 5.20 5.40 5.60 5.80 6.00 6.20 6.40
type S7 3.34 3.54 3.74 3.94 4.14 4.34 4.54 4.74 4.94 5.14 5.34 5.54 5.74 5.94 6.14 6.34
Series LEFS40S
Specific Product
Stroke [mm] 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
Precautions
Motor S4 5.82 6.10 6.38 6.65 6.95 7.25 7.51 7.80 8.07 8.25 8.63 8.90 9.20 9.45 9.76 10.05 10.32 10.60
type S8 5.92 6.20 6.48 6.75 7.05 7.35 7.61 7.90 8.17 8.35 8.73 9.00 9.30 9.55 9.86 10.15 10.42 10.70
124 A
Series LEFS
Construction
In-line motor
!7 !8 q u t y u !7 o !1 !3
i !9 r e @0 !0 !2 !5 !6 !4
A
A-A
Component Parts
1 Body Aluminum alloy Anodized 11 Motor mount Aluminum alloy Coating
2 Rail guide — 12 Coupling —
3 Ball screw shaft — 13 Motor cover Aluminum alloy Anodized
4 Ball screw nut — 14 Motor end cover Aluminum alloy Anodized
5 Table Aluminum alloy Anodized 15 Motor —
6 Blanking plate Aluminum alloy Anodized 16 Grommet NBR
7 Seal band stopper Synthetic resin 17 Band stopper Stainless steel
8 Housing A Aluminum die-cast Coating 18 Dust seal band Stainless steel
9 Housing B Aluminum die-cast Coating 19 Bearing —
10 Bearing stopper Aluminum alloy 20 Bearing —
125
Selection
Model
Construction

Motor parallel
LEFS
!8
!7
q @0 u
LEFB
A A
LECA6
i !9 !6 o !9 !1 !5
A-A
t y @2
B C
e
@1 !0
B C
r
B-B w !2 !4 C-C
Body
Table
LEFS
!3
AC Servo Motor
Component Parts
LEFB
1 Body Aluminum alloy Anodized Motor
2 Rail guide — (Absolute encoder)
17 —
3 Ball screw shaft — Motor
4 Ball screw nut — (Incremental encoder)
5 Table Aluminum alloy Anodized 18 Motor adapter Aluminum alloy Anodized
LEFG LECS□
8 Housing A Aluminum die-casted Coating 21 Bearing —
10 Bearing stopper Aluminum alloy
11 Return plate Aluminum alloy Coating Replacement Parts/Belt
12 Pulley Aluminum alloy No. Size Order no.
13 Pulley Aluminum alloy 25 LE-D-6-2
15 Cover plate Aluminum alloy Coating 14 32 LE-D-6-3
Specific Product
16 Table spacer Aluminum alloy Coating (LEFS32 only) 40 LE-D-6-4

Precautions
126
Series LEFS

LEFS25
ø3H9 (+0.025
0 ) (102)
depth 3 64 Encoder cable (ø7)
Note 1) 4 x M5 x 0.8 Motor cable (ø6)
Body mounting reference plane 45
thread depth 8.5
38
50
3.5
3H9 (+0.025
0 )
depth 3 Motor option: With lock
Encoder cable (ø7)
L (2.2) Lock cable (ø4.5)
58 (52) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 52 (169) Motor cable (ø6)

38 10 (56) Stroke (54) (209)
(4) Encoder Z-phase detecting position Note 3) 2±1
38.5
48
66
6.5
24
M4 x 0.7
6 thread depth 8
(F.G. terminal)
3H9 (+0.025
0 )
n x ø4.5 depth 3
4
48
120
D x 120 (= E) F 10
B
Note 3) The Z-phase first detecting position from the stroke end of the motor
side.
Dimensions [mm]
L
Model A B n D E F
LEFS25ll-50l 339 379 56 160 4 — — 20
LEFS25ll-100l 389 429 106 210 4 — —
LEFS25ll-150l 439 479 156 260 4 — —
LEFS25ll-200l 489 529 206 310 6 2 240
LEFS25ll-250l 539 579 256 360 6 2 240
LEFS25ll-300l 589 629 306 410 8 3 360
LEFS25ll-350l 639 679 356 460 8 3 360 35
LEFS25ll-400l 689 729 406 510 8 3 360
LEFS25ll-450l 739 779 456 560 10 4 480
LEFS25ll-500l 789 829 506 610 10 4 480
LEFS25ll-550l 839 879 556 660 12 5 600
LEFS25ll-600l 889 929 606 710 12 5 600
127
Selection
Model

LEFS32
LEFS
ø5H9 (+0.030
0 ) (122)
Note 1) depth 5
Body mounting 70 Encoder cable (ø7)
reference plane 4 x M6 x 1
42 Motor cable (ø6)
thread depth 9.9
44
LEFB
60
5.5
5H9 (+0.030)
0
depth 5
Encoder cable (ø7)
Lock cable (ø4.5)

L (2.2)
70 10 (62) A (Table traveling distance: Stroke + 6) Note 2) 62 (201) Motor cable (ø6)
LECA6
48 (66) Stroke (64) (231)
84
6.5
30
46.8
60
M4 x 0.7
7.5 thread depth 8 (F.G. terminal)
5H9 (+0.030
0 )
n x ø5.5 depth 5
6
60
150
D x 150 (= E) 15 15
B
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
side.
Dimensions [mm]
LEFB
L
Model A B n D E
LEFS32ll-50l 391 421 56 180 4 — —
LEFS32ll-100l 441 471 106 230 4 — —
LEFS32ll-150l 491 521 156 280 4 — —
LEFS32ll-200l 541 571 206 330 6 2 300
LEFG LECS□
LEFS32ll-250l 591 621 256 380 6 2 300

LEFS32ll-300l 641 671 306 430 6 2 300
LEFS32ll-350l 691 721 356 480 8 3 450
LEFS32ll-400l 741 771 406 530 8 3 450
LEFS32ll-450l 791 821 456 580 8 3 450
LEFS32ll-500l 841 871 506 630 10 4 600
LEFS32ll-550l 891 921 556 680 10 4 600
LEFS32ll-600l 941 971 606 730 10 4 600
LEFS32ll-650l 991 1021 656 780 12 5 750
LEFS32ll-700l 1041 1071 706 830 12 5 750
Specific Product
LEFS32ll-750l
Precautions
1091 1121 756 880 12 5 750

LEFS32ll-800l 1141 1171 806 930 14 6 900
128
Series LEFS

LEFS40
Encoder cable (ø7)
4 x M8 x 1.25
(170) Motor cable (ø6)
thread depth 13
106
60
74
58
7
ø6H9 ( +0.030
0 )
depth 7
6H9 ( +0.030
0 )
depth 7
L (3.1)
13 86 A (Table traveling distance: Stroke + 6) Note 2) 86 (223.5)
90 (90) Stroke (88)
61 Encoder Z-phase detecting position Note 3)
2±1
(4)
68
53.8
85.5
8
31
8
M4 x 0.7
thread depth 8 6H9 ( +0.030
0 )
(F.G. terminal) n x ø6.6 depth 6
7
76
150
D x 150 (= E) 60 15
B
Motor cable (ø6)
Motor option: With lock Lock cable (ø4.5)

Encoder cable (ø7)
(253.5)

Dimensions [mm]
mounting reference plane, set the height of the L
Model A B n D E
opposite surface or pin to be 3 mm or more Without lock With lock
because of R chamfering. (Recommended height LEFS40ll-150l 564.5 594.5 156 328 4 — 150
5 mm) LEFS40ll-200l 614.5 644.5 206 378 6 2 300
Note 2) Distance within which the table can move when it LEFS40ll-250l 664.5 694.5 256 428 6 2 300
returns to origin. Make sure a workpiece LEFS40ll-300l 714.5 744.5 306 478 6 2 300
mounted on the table does not interfere with the LEFS40ll-350l 764.5 794.5 356 528 8 3 450
work pieces and facilities around the table. LEFS40ll-400l 814.5 844.5 406 578 8 3 450
Note 3) T he Z-phase first detecting position from the
LEFS40ll-450l 864.5 894.5 456 628 8 3 450
stroke end of the motor side.
LEFS40ll-500l 914.5 944.5 506 678 10 4 600
LEFS40ll-550l 964.5 994.5 556 728 10 4 600
LEFS40ll-600l 1014.5 1044.5 606 778 10 4 600
LEFS40ll-650l 1064.5 1094.5 656 828 12 5 750
LEFS40ll-700l 1114.5 1144.5 706 878 12 5 750
LEFS40ll-750l 1164.5 1194.5 756 928 12 5 750
LEFS40ll-800l 1214.5 1144.5 806 978 14 6 900
LEFS40ll-850l 1264.5 1294.5 856 1028 14 6 900
LEFS40ll-900l 1314.5 1344.5 906 1078 14 6 900
LEFS40ll-950l 1364.5 1394.5 956 1128 16 7 1050
LEFS40ll-1000l 1414.5 1444.5 1006 1178 16 7 1050
129
Selection
Model

LEFS25R
LEFS
With lock/LEFS25S-B
ø3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
Lock cable (ø4.5) depth 3 X (2.4)
Motor cable (ø6) 4 x M5 x 0.8 W

Encoder cable (ø7)
Z
thread depth 8.5
LEFB
reference plane
50
106
X
38
(2.4)
W
Z
3.5
LECA6
3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
depth 3 45
64
(102)
Stroke end of the motor side

L
10 (52) A (Table traveling distance) 52 40.5
(56) Stroke (54)
58 (4) Z-phase detecting position: 2±1 Note 2)
(Z) 44.8 38
38.5
48
(48)
46
24
6.5
M4 x 0.7 6
thread depth 8
(F.G. terminal) B 10
D x 120 (= E) F
3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
120
n x ø4.5 depth 3
LEFS25LS LEFS25RS
LEFS
4
48
106 106
AC Servo Motor
46
46
47
47
LEFB
Note 1) W hen mounting the actuator using the body Motor Dimensions (mm)
Motor X W Z
opposite surface or pin to be 3 mm or more.
type Without lock With lock Without lock With lock Without lock With lock
(Recommended height 5 mm)
Note 2) The Z-phase first detecting position from the stroke S2 116.5 153.4 87 123.9 14.1 15.8
end of the motor side. Please consult with SMC for S6 111.9 153 82.4 123.5 14.1 15.8
LEFG LECS□
adjusting the Z-phase detecting position at the

stroke end of the end side.
Dimensions (mm)
Model L A B n D E F
LEFS25lSl-50l 210.5 56 160 4 — — 20
LEFS25lSl-100l 260.5 106 210 4 — —
LEFS25lSl-150l 310.5 156 260 4 — —
LEFS25lSl-200l 360.5 206 310 6 2 240
LEFS25lSl-250l 410.5 256 360 6 2 240
LEFS25lSl-300l 460.5 306 410 8 3 360
LEFS25lSl-350l 510.5 356 460 8 3 360 35
LEFS25lSl-400l 560.5 406 510 8 3 360
Specific Product
Precautions
LEFS25lSl-450l 610.5 456 560 10 4 480

LEFS25lSl-500l 660.5 506 610 10 4 480
LEFS25lSl-550l 710.5 556 660 12 5 600
LEFS25lSl-600l 760.5 606 710 12 5 600
130
Series LEFS

LEFS32R
ø5H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
With lock/LEFS32-B depth 8 (Depth of counterbore 3)

X (2.4)
Lock cable (ø4.5) 4 x M6 x 1 W
Z
thread depth 12.5 (Depth of counterbore 3)
Encoder cable (ø7) Motor cable (ø6)
reference plane
60
132.5
44
X (2.4)
W
Z
5.5
5H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
depth 8 (Depth of counterbore 3) 42

70
(122)

L
10 (62) A (Table traveling distance) 62 55
(66) Stroke (64)
70 (4) Z-phase detecting position: 2±1 Note 2)
(Z) 60 48
63
46.8
3
(63)
60
30
6.5
M4 x 0.7 7.5
B 15
thread depth 8 D x 150 (= E) 15
5H9 ( 0 )
(F.G. terminal) +0.030
150
n x ø5.5 depth 5
LEFS32LS LEFS32RS
6
60
Encoder cable (ø7) Encoder cable (ø7)

132.5 132.5
60
60
62
62
Motor cable (ø6) Motor cable (ø6) Motor Dimensions (mm)

Motor X W Z
type Without lock With lock Without lock With lock Without lock With lock
S3 121.7 150.3 88.2 116.8 17.1 17.1
S7 110.1 149.6 76.6 116.1 17.1 17.1
mounting reference plane, set the height of the Dimensions (mm)
opposite surface or pin to be 3 mm or more. Model L A B n D E
(Recommended height 5 mm) LEFS32lSl-50l 245 56 180 4 — —
Note 2) The Z-phase first detecting position from the stroke LEFS32lSl-100l 295 106 230 4 — —
end of the motor side. Please consult with SMC for
LEFS32lSl-150l 345 156 280 4 — —
adjusting the Z-phase detecting position at the
stroke end of the end side. LEFS32lSl-200l 395 206 330 6 2 300
LEFS32lSl-250l 445 256 380 6 2 300
LEFS32lSl-300l 495 306 430 6 2 300
LEFS32lSl-350l 545 356 480 8 3 450
LEFS32lSl-400l 595 406 530 8 3 450
LEFS32lSl-450l 645 456 580 8 3 450
LEFS32lSl-500l 695 506 630 10 4 600
LEFS32lSl-550l 745 556 680 10 4 600
LEFS32lSl-600l 795 606 730 10 4 600
LEFS32lSl-650l 845 656 780 12 5 750
LEFS32lSl-700l 895 706 830 12 5 750
LEFS32lSl-750l 945 756 880 12 5 750
LEFS32lSl-800l 995 806 930 14 6 900
131
Selection
Model

LEFS40R
LEFS
With lock/LEFS40S-B ø6H9 ( 0
+0.030
) X (2.4)
Lock cable (ø4.5) depth 7 W

Motor cable (ø6)
Encoder cable (ø7) 4 x M8 x 1.25
Z
thread depth 13

reference plane
LEFB
74
X (2.4)
153
W
58
LECA6
7
6H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
depth 7 60
106
(170)

L
90
13 (86) A (Table traveling distance) 86 62.4
(Z) 60 61
(90) Stroke (88)
(4) Z-phase detecting position: 2±1 Note 2)
(68)
60
31
8
M4 x 0.7 8
thread depth 8
53.8
68
(F.G. terminal)
B 15
D x 150 (= E) 60
6H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
Motor mounting position: Left side parallel Motor mounting position: Right side parallel 150
LEFS40LS LEFS40RS n x ø6.6 depth 6
Encoder cable (ø7) Encoder cable (ø7)

153 153
7
76
LEFS
60
60
64
64
AC Servo Motor
Motor cable (ø6) Motor cable (ø6)
LEFB
Dimensions (mm)
Model L A B n D E
opposite surface or pin to be 3 mm or more. LEFS40lSl-150l 403.4 156 328 4 — 150
(Recommended height 5 mm) LEFS40lSl-200l 453.4 206 378 6 2 300
Note 2) The Z-phase first detecting position from the stroke LEFS40lSl-250l 503.4 256 428 6 2 300
end of the motor side. Please consult with SMC for LEFS40lSl-300l 553.4 306 478 6 2 300
LEFG LECS□
adjusting the Z-phase detecting position at the LEFS40lSl-350l 603.4 356 528 8 3 450
stroke end of the end side. LEFS40lSl-400l 653.4 406 578 8 3 450
LEFS40lSl-450l 703.4 456 628 8 3 450
LEFS40lSl-500l 753.4 506 678 10 4 600
LEFS40lSl-550l 803.4 556 728 10 4 600
Motor Dimensions (mm)
LEFS40lSl-600l 853.4 606 778 10 4 600
Motor X W Z LEFS40lSl-650l 903.4 656 828 12 5 750
type Without lock With lock Without lock With lock Without lock With lock LEFS40lSl-700l 953.4 706 878 12 5 750
S4 149.2 177.8 110.2 138.8 17.1 17.1 LEFS40lSl-750l 1003.4 756 928 12 5 750
S8 137.5 177 98.5 138 17.1 17.1 LEFS40lSl-800l 1053.4 806 978 14 6 900
Specific Product
Precautions
LEFS40lSl-850l 1103.4 856 1028 14 6 900

LEFS40lSl-900l 1153.4 906 1078 14 6 900
LEFS40lSl-950l 1203.4 956 1128 16 7 1050
LEFS40lSl-1000l 1253.4 1006 1178 16 7 1050
132
LEFS
Series
Electric Actuator
Design Handling
Caution Caution
1. Do not apply a load in excess of the operating limit. 1. Do not allow the table to hit the end of stroke.
Select a suitable actuator by load and allowable moment. If When incorrect instructions are inputted, such as using the
the product is used outside of the operating limit, the eccentric product outside of the operating limit or operation outside of
load applied to the guide will be excessive and have adverse actual stroke through changes in the controller/driver setting
effects such as creating play on the guide, degrading accuracy and/or origin position, the table may collide against the stroke
and shortening the life of the product. end of the actuator. Check these points before use.
If the table collides against the stroke end of the actuator, the
2. Do not use the product in applications where
guide, belt or internal stopper can be broken. This may lead to
excessive external force or impact force is applied
abnormal operation.
to it.
This can cause a failure.
Selection
Handle the actuator with care when it is used in the vertical
Warning direction as the workpiece will fall freely from its own weight.
1. Do not increase the speed in excess of the operating 2. The actual speed of this actuator is affected by the
limit. work load and stroke.
Select a suitable actuator by the relationship between the Check the specifications with reference to the model selection
allowable work load and speed, and the allowable speed of section of the catalog.
each stroke. If the product is used outside of the operating 3. Do not apply a load, impact or resistance in addition
limit, it will have adverse effects such as creating noise, to the transferred load during return to origin.
degrading accuracy and shortening the life of the product.
4. Do not dent, scratch or cause other damage to the
2. Do not use the product in applications where body and table mounting surfaces.
excessive external force or impact force is applied
This may cause unevenness in the mounting surface, play in
to it.
the guide or an increase in the sliding resistance.
This can cause a failure.
5. Do not apply strong impact or an excessive moment
3. When the product repeatedly cycles with partial
while mounting a workpiece.
strokes (see the table below), operate it at a full
stroke at least once every 10 strokes. If an external force over the allowable moment is applied, it
Otherwise, lubrication can run out. may cause play in the guide or an increase in the sliding
resistance.
Model Partial stroke
6. Keep the flatness of mounting surface 0.1 mm or
LEFS25 65 mm or less
LEFS32 70 mm or less
less.
LEFS40 105 mm or less Unevenness of a workpiece or base mounted on the body of
the product may cause play in the guide and an increase in the
4. When external force is applied to the table, it is sliding resistance.
necessary to add external force to the work load as 7. When mounting the product, keep a 40 mm or
the total carried load for the sizing. longer diameter for bends in the cable.
When a cable duct or flexible moving tube is attached to the
8. Do not hit the table with the workpiece in the
actuator, the sliding resistance of the table increases and may
positioning operation and positioning range.
lead to operational failure of the product.
5. The forward/reverse torque limit is set to 100%
(3 times the motor rated torque) as default.
This value is the maximum torque (the limit value) in the
“Position control mode”, “Speed control mode” or “Positioning
mode”. When the product is operated with a smaller value than
the default, acceleration when driving can decrease. Set the
value after confirming the actual device to be used.
133
LEFS
Series
Electric Actuator
Selection
Model

LEFS
Handling Maintenance
Caution Warning
9. When mounting the product, use screws with adequate Maintenance frequency
length and tighten them with adequate torque. Perform maintenance according to the table below.
Tightening the screws with a higher torque than recommended may
LEFB
Frequency Appearance check Internal check
cause a malfunction, whilst the tightening with a lower torque can cause Inspection before
the displacement of the mounting position or in extreme conditions the —
daily operation
actuator could become detached from its mounting position. Inspection every
6 months/1000 km/
Body fixed 5 million cycles∗
øA
LECA6
L ∗ Select whichever comes sooner.

øA L 1. Loose set screws, Abnormal dirt
Model Bolt
(mm) (mm) 2. Check of flaw and cable joint
LEFS25 M4 4.5 24 3. Vibration, Noise
LEFS32 M5 5.5 30
LEFS40 M6 6.6 31 • Items for internal check
1. Lubricant condition on moving parts.
Body mounting example 2. Loose or mechanical play in fixed parts or fixing screws.
Body mounting
reference plane • Belt replacement for motor parallel type (Guide)
It is recommended that the belt be replaced after being in
service for 2 years, or before reaching the following distance.
Positioning pin
(Mounting reference plane) Model Distance
LEFS25lSH 4100 km
LEFS25lSA 2500 km
LEFS25lSB 1200 km
Model Distance
Positioning pin
(Mounting reference plane) LEFS32lSH 6000 km
Positioning pin LEFS32lSA 4000 km
LEFS
(Housing B bottom) LEFS32lSB 2000 km
Body mounting reference plane Model Distance

LEFS40lSH 6000 km
AC Servo Motor
LEFS40lSA 4000 km
Positioning pin LEFS40lSB 2000 km
The traveling parallelism is the reference plane for the body mounting
reference plane. If the traveling parallelism for a table is required, set the
LEFB
reference plane against positioning pins etc.
Workpiece fixed
Max. tightening L (Max. screw-in

Model Bolt
torque (N·m) depth) (mm)
LEFG LECS□
L
LEFS25 M5 x 0.8 3.0 8

LEFS32 M6 x 1 5.2 9
LEFS40 M8 x 1.25 12.5 13
To prevent the workpiece fixing bolts from touching the body, use bolts
that are 0.5 mm or shorter than the maximum screw-in depth. If long
bolts are used, they can touch the body and cause a malfunction etc.
10. Do not operate by fixing the table and moving the

actuator body.
Specific Product
Precautions
11. Check the specifications for the minimum speed of

each actuator.
Otherwise, unexpected malfunctions, such as knocking, may occur.
134
Ball Screw Drive AC Servo Motor Clean Room Specification
Series 11-LEFS
LEFS25, 32, 40 RoHS
How to Order
11 LEFS H 25 S2 B 100 S 2 A1
Clean Series
11 Vacuum type
q w e r t y u i o !0 !1
q Accuracy e Motor type r Lead [mm] t Stroke [mm]
Nil Basic type Symbol Type Output (W) Actuator size Compatible driver Symbol 11-LEFS25 11-LEFS32 11-LEFS40 50 50
H High precision type S2* AC servo motor 100 25 LECSA-S1 A 12 16 20 to to
S3 (Incremental 200 32 LECSA-S3 B 6 8 10 1000 1000
S4 encoder) 400 40 LECSA2-S4 * Refer to the applicable
w Size LECSB-S5 y Motor option stroke table.
S6* 100 25 LECSC-S5 Nil Without option
25 LECSS-S5 B With lock
32 LECSB-S7 R: Right
AC servo motor
40 S7 (Absolute encoder)
200 32 LECSC-S7
u Vacuum port*
LECSS-S7
LECSB2-S8 NilLeft
S8 400 40 LECSC2-S8 R Right
Nil: Left
LECSS2-S8 D
Both left and right
* For motor type S2 and S6, the compatible driver part number * Select “D” for the vacuum port for
suffixes are S1 and S5 respectively. suction of 50 L/min (ANR) or more.
i Cable type Note 1) Note 2) o Cable length Note 3) !1 I/O cable length [m] Note 4) !0 Driver type
Nil Without cable Nil Without cable Nil Without cable Compatible Power supply Size
S Standard cable 2 2m H Without cable (Connector only) driver voltage (V) 25 32 40
R Robotic cable (Flexible cable) 5 5m 1 1.5 Nil Without driver — V V V
Note 1) T he motor and encoder cables A 10 m Note 4) When “Without driver” A1 LECSA1-S 100 to 120 V V —
are included. (The lock cable is Note 3) T
he length of the is selected for driver A2 LECSA2-S 200 to 230 V V V
also included when the motor encoder, motor type, only “Nil: Without B1 LECSB1-S 100 to 120 V V —
with lock option is selected.) and lock cables cable” can be selected. B2 LECSB2-S 200 to 230 V V V
Note 2) Standard cable entry direction is are the same. Refer to page 164-1 if C1 LECSC1-S 100 to 120 V V —
“(B) Counter axis side”. (Refer to I/O cable is required.
C2 LECSC2-S 200 to 230 V V V
page 164 for details.) (Options are shown on
page 164-1.)
S1 LECSS1-S 100 to 120 V V —
S2 LECSS2-S 200 to 230 V V V
Applicable Stroke Table V: Standard * When the driver type is selected, the cable is
included. Select cable type and cable length.
Stroke
(mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 Example)
Model S2S2: Standard cable (2 m) + Driver (LECSS2)
11-LEFS25 V V V V V V V V V V V V — — — — — — — — S2.: Standard cable (2 m)
11-LEFS32 V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V — — — — Nil.: Without cable and driver
11-LEFS40 — — V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V Support Guide/Series LEFG
A support guide is designed to support
work pieces with significant
overhang. Page 169
Compatible Driver
Pulse input type Pulse input type CC-Link direct SSCNET # type
/Positioning type input type
Driver type

Pulse input v v — —
Control encoder
Reference page 152
A 135
Selection
Model
Specifications

11-LEFS25, 32, 40 AC Servo Motor
LEFS
Model 11-LEFS25S26 11-LEFS32S37 11-LEFS40S48
Stroke [mm] Note 1) 50 to 600 50 to 800 150 to 1000
Horizontal 20 20 40 45 50 60
Vertical 8 15 10 20 15 30
Up to 400 900 450 1000 500 1000 500
401 to 500 720 360 1000 500 1000 500
Note 3) 501 to 600 540 270 800 400 1000 500
Max. speed Stroke 601 to 700 — — 620 310 940 470
LEFB
[mm/s] range 701 to 800 — — 500 250 760 380
801 to 900 — — — — 620 310
901 to 1000 — — — — 520 260

Max. acceleration/deceleration [mm/s2] 5000 (Refer to page 117 for limit according to work load and duty ratio.)
[mm] High precision type ±0.01
LECA6
Lead [mm] 12 6 16 8 20 10
ISO Class 4 (ISO 14644-1)
Cleanliness class Note 6)
Class 10 (Fed.Std.209E)
Motor output/Size 100 W/40 200 W/60 400 W/60

Encoder
consumption [W] Note 7) Vertical 145 175 230
when operating [W] Note 8) Vertical 8 8 18
specifications
Lock unit
Holding force [N] 131 255 197 385 330 660

Rated voltage [V] 24 VDC −10%
0
LEFS
Note 1) Please consult with SMC for non-standard strokes as they are was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
produced as special orders. Note 6) The amount of particle generation changes according to the
Note 2) For details, refer to “Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide)” on page 117. operating conditions and suction flow rate. Refer to the particle
AC Servo Motor
Note 3) The allowable speed changes according to the stroke. generation characteristics for details.
Note 4) A reference value for correcting an error in reciprocal operation. Note 7) The power consumption (including the driver) is for when the
Note 5) Impact resistance: No malfunction occurred when the actuator actuator is operating.
was tested with a drop tester in both an axial direction and a Note 8) The standby power consumption when operating (including the driver) is
perpendicular direction to the lead screw. (Test was performed for when the actuator is stopped in the set position during the operation.
with the actuator in the initial state.) Note 9) The maximum instantaneous power consumption (including the
Vibration resistance: No malfunction occurred in a test ranging driver) is for when the actuator is operating.
LEFB
between 45 to 2000 Hz. Test was performed in both an axial Note 10) Only when motor option “With lock” is selected.
direction and a perpendicular direction to the lead screw. (Test Note 11) For an actuator with lock, add the power consumption for the lock.
Weight
Series 11-LEFS25S
Stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
LEFG LECS□
Motor S2 2.00 2.14 2.28 2.44 2.56 2.69 2.84 2.99 3.12 3.24 3.40 3.54
type S6 2.06 2.20 2.34 2.50 2.62 2.75 2.90 3.05 3.18 3.30 3.46 3.60
Stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Motor S3 3.40 3.60 3.80 4.00 4.20 4.40 4.60 4.80 5.00 5.20 5.40 5.60 5.80 6.00 6.20 6.40
type S7 3.34 3.54 3.74 3.94 4.14 4.34 4.54 4.74 4.94 5.14 5.34 5.54 5.74 5.94 6.14 6.34
Specific Product
Precautions
Stroke [mm] 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
Motor S4 5.82 6.10 6.38 6.65 6.95 7.25 7.51 7.80 8.07 8.25 8.63 8.90 9.20 9.45 9.76 10.05 10.32 10.60
type S8 5.92 6.20 6.48 6.75 7.05 7.35 7.61 7.90 8.17 8.35 8.73 9.00 9.30 9.55 9.86 10.15 10.42 10.70
136 A
Series 11-LEFS

11-LEFS25
ø3H9 ( +0.025
0 ) (102)
depth 3 64 Encoder cable (ø7)
Note 1) 4 x M5 x 0.8 45 Motor cable (ø6)
Body mounting reference plane
thread depth 8.5
38
50
3.5
3H9 (+0.025
0 ) Motor option: With lock
depth 3
Encoder cable (ø7)
Lock cable (ø4.5)

L (2.2)
Motor cable (ø6)
58 (52) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 52 (169)
38 10 (56) Stroke (54) (209)
34
38.5
48
66
6.5
24
6 M4 x 0.7
13.9 Vacuum port Rc1/8
thread depth 8
(F.G. terminal)
3H9 (+0.025
0 )
n x ø4.5 depth 3
4
48
120
D x 120 (= E) F 10
B
side.
Dimensions [mm]
L
Model A B n D E F
11-LEFS25ll-50l 339 379 56 160 4 — — 20
11-LEFS25ll-100l 389 429 106 210 4 — —
11-LEFS25ll-150l 439 479 156 260 4 — —
11-LEFS25ll-200l 489 529 206 310 6 2 240
11-LEFS25ll-250l 539 579 256 360 6 2 240
11-LEFS25ll-300l 589 629 306 410 8 3 360
11-LEFS25ll-350l 639 679 356 460 8 3 360 35
11-LEFS25ll-400l 689 729 406 510 8 3 360
11-LEFS25ll-450l 739 779 456 560 10 4 480
11-LEFS25ll-500l 789 829 506 610 10 4 480
11-LEFS25ll-550l 839 879 556 660 12 5 600
11-LEFS25ll-600l 889 929 606 710 12 5 600
137
Selection
Model

11-LEFS32
LEFS
ø5H9 (+0.030
0 ) (122)
depth 5
Body mounting Note 1) 70 Encoder cable (ø7)
reference plane 4 x M6 x 1
42 Motor cable (ø6)
thread depth 9.9
44
LEFB
60
5.5
5H9 ( +0.030)
0
depth 5
Encoder cable (ø7)
LECA6
Lock cable (ø4.5)
L (2.2)
70 10 (62) A (Table traveling distance: Stroke + 6) Note 2) 62 (201) Motor cable (ø6)
48 (66) Stroke (64) (231)
41.8
84
6.5
30
46.8
60
M4 x 0.7 14.9 Vacuum port Rc1/8

7.5 thread depth 8 (F.G. terminal)
5H9 ( +0.030
0 )
n x ø5.5 depth 5
6
60
150
D x 150 (= E) 15 15
B
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
side.
LEFB
Dimensions [mm]
L
Model A B n D E
11-LEFS32ll-50l 391 421 56 180 4 — —
11-LEFS32ll-100l 441 471 106 230 4 — —
LEFG LECS□
11-LEFS32ll-150l 491 521 156 280 4 — —

11-LEFS32ll-200l 541 571 206 330 6 2 300
11-LEFS32ll-250l 591 621 256 380 6 2 300
11-LEFS32ll-300l 641 671 306 430 6 2 300
11-LEFS32ll-350l 691 721 356 480 8 3 450
11-LEFS32ll-400l 741 771 406 530 8 3 450
11-LEFS32ll-450l 791 821 456 580 8 3 450
11-LEFS32ll-500l 841 871 506 630 10 4 600
11-LEFS32ll-550l 891 921 556 680 10 4 600
11-LEFS32ll-600l 941 971 606 730 10 4 600
Specific Product
Precautions
11-LEFS32ll-650l 991 1021 656 780 12 5 750

11-LEFS32ll-700l 1041 1071 706 830 12 5 750
11-LEFS32ll-750l 1091 1121 756 880 12 5 750
11-LEFS32ll-800l 1141 1171 806 930 14 6 900
138
Series 11-LEFS

11-LEFS40
Encoder cable (ø7)
4 x M8 x 1.25
(170) Motor cable (ø6)
thread depth 13
106
60
74
58
7
ø6H9 (+0.030
0 )
depth 7
6H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
depth 7
L (3.1)
13 86 A (Table traveling distance: Stroke + 6) Note 2) 86 (223.5)
90 (90) Stroke (88)
61 Encoder Z-phase detecting position Note 3)
48.5
2±1
(4)
68
53.8
85.5
8
31
8 12.9 Vacuum port Rc1/8

M4 x 0.7
thread depth 8
(F.G. terminal) 6H9 (+0.030
0 )
n x ø6.6 depth 6
7
76
150
D x 150 (= E) 60 15
B
Motor cable (ø6)
Motor option: With lock Lock cable (ø4.5)

Encoder cable (ø7)
(253.5)
Note 1) When mounting the actuator using the body

Dimensions [mm]
mounting reference plane, set the height of L
Model A B n D E
the opposite surface or pin to be 3 mm or Without lock With lock
more because of R chamfering. 11-LEFS40ll-150l 564.5 594.5 156 328 4 — 150
(Recommended height 5 mm) 11-LEFS40ll-200l 614.5 644.5 206 378 6 2 300
Note 2) Distance within which the table can move 11-LEFS40ll-250l 664.5 694.5 256 428 6 2 300
when it returns to origin. Make sure a
workpiece mounted on the table does not 11-LEFS40ll-300l 714.5 744.5 306 478 6 2 300
interfere with the work pieces and facilities 11-LEFS40ll-350l 764.5 794.5 356 528 8 3 450
around the table. 11-LEFS40ll-400l 814.5 844.5 406 578 8 3 450
Note 3) The Z-phase first detecting position from the 11-LEFS40ll-450l 864.5 894.5 456 628 8 3 450
stroke end of the motor side. 11-LEFS40ll-500l 914.5 944.5 506 678 10 4 600
11-LEFS40ll-550l 964.5 994.5 556 728 10 4 600
11-LEFS40ll-600l 1014.5 1044.5 606 778 10 4 600
11-LEFS40ll-650l 1064.5 1094.5 656 828 12 5 750
11-LEFS40ll-700l 1114.5 1144.5 706 878 12 5 750
11-LEFS40ll-750l 1164.5 1194.5 756 928 12 5 750
11-LEFS40ll-800l 1214.5 1144.5 806 978 14 6 900
11-LEFS40ll-850l 1264.5 1294.5 856 1028 14 6 900
11-LEFS40ll-900l 1314.5 1344.5 906 1078 14 6 900
11-LEFS40ll-950l 1364.5 1394.5 956 1128 16 7 1050
11-LEFS40ll-1000l 1414.5 1444.5 1006 1178 16 7 1050
139
140
Belt Drive AC Servo Motor
Series LEFB
LEFB25, 32, 40 RoHS
How to Order
LEFB 40 S4 S 300 S 2 A1
q w e r t y u i o !0
q Size e Motor type r Equivalent lead t Stroke
25 Symbol Type Output (W) Actuator size Compatible driver S 54 mm 300 300 mm
32 S2* 100 25 LECSA-S1 to to
40 S3
AC servo motor
200 32 LECSA-S3 y Motor option 3000 3000 mm
(Incremental encoder)
S4 400 40 LECSA2-S4 Nil Without option * Refer to the applicable stroke table.
LECSB-S5 B With lock
w M otor mounting S6* 100 25 LECSC-S5 u Cable type Note 1) Note 2)
position LECSS-S5 i Cable length Nil Without cable

Nil Top mounting AC servo motor LECSB-S7
Nil
Without cable S Standard cable
U Bottom mounting S7 (Absolute encoder)
200 32 LECSC-S7
R Robotic cable (Flexible cable)
LECSS-S7 2
2m
LECSB2-S8 5
5m Note 1) T
he motor and encoder
S8 400 40 LECSC2-S8 A
10 m cables are included.
LECSS2-S8 (The lock cable is also
* The length of the encoder,
* For motor type S2 and S6, the compatible driver part number included when t h e
motor and lock cables are
suffixes are S1 and S5 respectively. motor with lock option
Note 3) the same.
!0 I/O cable length [m] is selected.)
o Driver type Nil Without cable Note 2) S
tandard cable entry
Size H Without cable (Connector only) direction is “(A) Axis
Compatible driver Power supply voltage side”. (Refer to page
25 32 40 1 1.5
Nil Without driver —    164 for details.)
Note 3) When “Without driver” is selected for driver type, only
A1 LECSA1-Sl 100 to 120   — “Nil: Without cable” can be selected.
A2 LECSA2-Sl 200 to 230    Refer to page 164-1 if I/O cable is required.
Support Guide/Series LEFG
B1 LECSB1-Sl 100 to 120   — (Options are shown on page 164-1.)
B2 LECSB2-Sl 200 to 230   
* When the driver type is selected, the cable is support work pieces with
C1 LECSC1-Sl 100 to 120   —
included. Select cable type and cable length. significant overhang.
C2 LECSC2-Sl 200 to 230    Example) S2S2: Standard cable (2 m) + Driver (LECSS2)
Page 169
S1 LECSS1-Sl 100 to 120   — S2: Standard cable (2 m)
S2 LECSS2-Sl 200 to 230    Nil: Without cable and driver
Applicable Stroke Table : Standard/: Produced upon receipt of order
300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2500 3000
LEFB25                   — —
LEFB32                    —
LEFB40                    
Compatible Driver
Pulse input type/ Pulse input type CC-Link direct SSCNET # type
Positioning type input type
Driver type

Pulse input   — —
Control encoder
Reference page 152
A 141
Selection
Model
Specifications

LEFB25, 32, 40 AC Servo Motor
LEFS
Model LEFB25S 26 LEFB32S 37 LEFB40S 48
300, 400, 500 300, 400, 500
300, 400, 500
600, 700, 800 600, 700, 800
600, 700, 800
900, 1000, (1100) 900, 1000, (1100)
900, 1000, (1100)
Stroke [mm] Note 1) 1200, (1300, 1400) 1200, (1300, 1400)
1200, (1300, 1400)
1500, (1600, 1700) 1500, (1600, 1700)
1500, (1600, 1700)
(1800, 1900), 2000 (1800, 1900), 2000
(1800, 1900), 2000
2500 2500, 3000
LEFB
Work load [kg] Note 2) Horizontal 5 15 25
Max. speed [mm/s] 2000 2000 2000
Max. acceleration/deceleration [mm/s2] 20000 (Refer to page 120 for limit according to work load and duty ratio.) Note 3)
Equivalent lead [mm] 54
LECA6
Actuation type Belt
Motor output/Size 100 W/40 200 W/60 400 W/60

Encoder
consumption [W] Note 6) Vertical — — —
when operating [W] Note 7) Vertical — — —
Type Note 9)
specifications
Non-magnetizing lock
Lock unit
Holding force [N] 27 54 110

Rated voltage [V] 0
24 −10%
Note 1) Please consult with SMC as all non-standard and non-made-to-order strokes are produced as special orders.
Note 2) For details, refer to “Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide)” on page 120.
Note 3) Maximum acceleration/deceleration changes according to the work load. Check “Work Load–Acceleration/Deceleration Graph” of the catalog.
LEFS
Note 6) The power consumption (including the driver) is for when the actuator is operating.
AC Servo Motor
Note 7) The standby power consumption when operating (including the driver) is for when the actuator is stopped in the set position during the operation.
Note 8) The maximum instantaneous power consumption (including the driver) is for when the actuator is operating.
Note 9) Only when motor option “With lock” is selected.
Note 10) For an actuator with lock, add the power consumption for the lock. LEFG LECS□ LEFB
Specific Product
Precautions
142
Series LEFB
Weight
Series LEFB25Sl
Stroke [mm] 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000
Motor S2 3.00 3.25 3.50 3.75 4.00 4.25 4.50 4.75 5.00 5.25 5.50 5.75 6.00 6.25 6.50 6.75 7.00 7.25
type S6 3.06 3.31 3.56 3.81 4.06 4.31 4.56 4.81 5.06 5.31 5.56 5.81 6.06 6.31 6.56 6.81 7.06 7.31
Series LEFB32Sl
Stroke [mm] 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2500
Motor S3 4.90 5.25 5.60 5.95 6.30 6.65 7.00 7.35 7.70 8.05 8.40 8.75 9.10 9.45 9.80 10.15 10.50 10.85 12.60
type S7 4.84 5.19 5.54 5.81 6.24 6.59 6.94 7.29 7.64 7.99 8.34 8.69 9.04 9.39 9.74 10.09 10.44 10.79 12.54
Series LEFB40Sl
Stroke [mm] 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2500 3000
Motor S4 7.10 7.55 8.00 8.45 8.90 9.35 9.80 10.25 10.70 11.15 11.60 12.05 12.50 12.95 13.40 13.85 14.30 14.75 17.00 19.25
type S8 7.20 7.65 8.10 8.55 9.00 9.45 9.90 10.35 10.80 11.25 11.70 12.15 12.60 13.05 13.50 13.95 14.40 14.85 17.10 19.35
Handling Maintenance
Caution Warning
1. The belt drive actuator cannot be used vertically for • Items for internal check
applications. 1. Lubricant condition on moving parts.
2. In the case of the belt drive actuator, vibration may 2. Loose or mechanical play in fixed parts or fixing screws.
occur during operation at speeds within the • Items for belt check
actuator specifications, this could be caused by the Stop operation immediately and replace the belt when belt
operating conditions. Change the speed setting to a appear to be below. Further, ensure your operating
speed that does not cause vibration. environment and conditions satisfy the requirements specified
for the product.
Maintenance
a. Tooth shape canvas is worn out.
Warning Canvas fiber becomes fuzzy. Rubber is removed and the
Maintenance frequency fiber becomes whitish. Lines of fibers become unclear.
Perform maintenance according to the table below. b. Peeling off or wearing of the side of the belt
Belt corner becomes round and frayed thread sticks out.
Frequency Appearance check Internal check Belt check
Inspection before c. Belt partially cut
 — —
daily operation Belt is partially cut. Foreign matter caught in teeth other
Inspection every than cut part causes flaw.
6 months/1000 km/   
5 million cycles∗ d. Vertical line of belt teeth
∗ Select whichever comes sooner. Flaw which is made when the belt runs on the flange.
e. Rubber back of the belt is softened and sticky.
1. Loose set screws, Abnormal dirt f . Crack on the back of the belt
2. Check of flaw and cable joint
3. Vibration, Noise
143
Selection
Model
Construction

LEFB25SlS
LEFS
!9 @3 q i y u i !9 !8
LEFB
LECA6
@0 !7
@1
@8 !2 !1 t r e
o !6
A
!5
@7
A
!0@6@2 !4@4!3 @5
A-A
w
* Motor bottom mounting type is the same.
LEFS
Component Parts Component Parts
AC Servo Motor
1 Body Aluminum alloy Anodized 15 Housing Aluminum alloy Coating
2 Rail guide 16 Motor mount Aluminum alloy Coating
3 Belt 17 Motor cover Aluminum alloy Anodized
LEFB
4 Belt holder Carbon steel Chromating 18 Motor end cover Aluminum alloy Anodized
5 Belt stopper Aluminum alloy Anodized 19 Band stopper Stainless steel
6 Table Aluminum alloy Anodized 20 Motor
7 Blanking plate Aluminum alloy Anodized 21 Rubber bushing NBR
8 Seal band stopper Synthetic resin 22 Stopper Aluminum alloy
9 Housing A Aluminum die-cast Coating 23 Dust seal band Stainless steel
LEFG LECS□
10 Pulley holder Aluminum alloy 24 Bearing

11 Pulley shaft Stainless steel 25 Bearing
12 End pulley Aluminum alloy Anodized 26 Spacer Stainless steel
13 Motor pulley Aluminum alloy Anodized 27 Tension adjustment bolt Chromium molybdenum steel Chromating
14 Return flange Aluminum alloy Coating 28 Pulley fixing bolt Chromium molybdenum steel Chromating
Specific Product
Precautions
144
Series LEFB
Construction
LEFB32/40SlS
@0 @3 q i y u i @0 !9
@1
!8
@2
!3 !2 t r e !7
A
!0
@7 !6
A
!1 o @6 !5 !4 @4 @5
A-A w * Motor bottom mounting type is the same.
Component Parts Component Parts

1 Body Aluminum alloy Anodized 15 Return flange Aluminum alloy Coating
2 Rail guide 16 Housing Aluminum alloy Coating
3 Belt 17 Motor mount Aluminum alloy Coating
4 Belt holder Carbon steel Chromating 18 Motor cover Aluminum alloy Anodized
5 Belt stopper Aluminum alloy Anodized 19 Motor end cover Aluminum alloy Anodized
6 Table Aluminum alloy Anodized 20 Band stopper Stainless steel
7 Blanking plate Aluminum alloy Anodized 21 Motor
8 Seal band stopper Synthetic resin 22 Rubber bushing NBR
9 End block Aluminum alloy Coating 23 Dust seal band Stainless steel
10 End block cover 24 Bearing
11 Pulley holder Aluminum alloy 25 Bearing
12 Pulley shaft Stainless steel 26 Bearing
13 End pulley Aluminum alloy Anodized 27 Tension adjustment bolt Chromium molybdenum steel Chromating
14 Motor pulley Aluminum alloy Anodized
145
Selection
Model

LEFB25/Motor top mounting type
LEFS
ø3H9 (+0.025
0 ) (102)
depth 3
Body mounting 64
4 x M5 x 0.8
reference plane Note 1) thread depth 8.5 45
50
38
LEFB
3.5
3H9 (+0.025
0 )
depth 3
L
10 (109) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 52 75 (1.4)
LECA6
(112) Stroke 55
(2.2)
(3) Encoder Z-phase detecting position Note 3) 3 ±1.5
Encoder cable (ø7)

Motor cable (ø6)
(163)
M4 x 0.7 38
38.5
48
thread depth 8
(F.G. terminal)
24
6
6.5
12.5
17 Belt tension adjustment bolt

(M3: Width across flats 2.5)
58
3H9 (+0.025
0 )
n x ø4.5 depth 3
4
48
170
D x 170 (= E) 25 3
B
LEFS
(75) (1.4)
AC Servo Motor
(2.2)
Dimensions [mm]
LEFB
Stroke L A B n D E Encoder cable (ø7)

300 552 306 467 6 2 340 Motor cable (ø6)
(201)
400 652 406 567 8 3 510

500 752 506 667 8 3 510
Lock cable (ø4.5)
600 852 606 767 10 4 680
700 952 706 867 10 4 680
LEFG LECS□
800 1052 806 967 12 5 850

900 1152 906 1067 14 6 1020
1000 1252 1006 1167 14 6 1020
1100 1352 1106 1267 16 7 1190
1200 1452 1206 1367 16 7 1190
1300 1552 1306 1467 18 8 1360
1400 1652 1406 1567 20 9 1530
Note 1) When mounting the actuator using the body mounting reference plane,
1500 1752 1506 1667 20 9 1530
set the height of the opposite surface or pin to be 3 mm or more because
1600 1852 1606 1767 22 10 1700 of R chamfering. (Recommended height 5 mm)
Specific Product
1700 1952 1706 1867 22 10 1700 Note 2) Distance within which the table can move when it returns to origin. Make
Precautions
1800 2052 1806 1967 24 11 1870 sure a workpiece mounted on the table does not interfere with the work
1900 2152 1906 2067 24 11 1870 pieces and facilities around the table.
2000 2252 2006 2167 26 12 2040 Note 3) The Z-phase first detecting position from the stroke end of the motor side
146
Series LEFB

LEFB25U/Motor bottom mounting type
ø3H9 (+0.025
0 ) (102)
depth 3
4 x M5 x 0.8 64
Body mounting
50
38
3.5
3H9 (+0.025
0 )
depth 3
L
10 (109) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 52 75 (1.4)
(112) Stroke 55
58
M4 x 0.7 38
38.5
48
thread depth 8
(F.G. terminal)
24
6
6.5
12.5
(162.5)
17
Tension adjustment bolt
(117)
(M3: Width across flats 2.5) Encoder cable (ø7)
Motor cable (ø6)
(2.2)
3H9 (+0.025 )
n x ø4.5 0
depth 3
4
48
170
D x 170 (= E) 25 3
B

75 (1.4)
Lock cable (ø4.5)

Dimensions [mm] Encoder cable (ø7)
Stroke L A B n D E
(200.5)
300 552 306 467 6 2 340

Motor cable (ø6)
(155)
400 652 406 567 8 3 510

500 752 506 667 8 3 510
600 852 606 767 10 4 680
700 952 706 867 10 4 680
800 1052 806 967 12 5 850
900 1152 906 1067 14 6 1020
(2.2)
1000 1252 1006 1167 14 6 1020

1100 1352 1106 1267 16 7 1190
1200 1452 1206 1367 16 7 1190
1300 1552 1306 1467 18 8 1360
1400 1652 1406 1567 20 9 1530
1500 1752 1506 1667 20 9 1530
147
Selection
Model

LEFS
ø5H9 (+0.030
0 ) (122)
depth 5
4 x M6 x 1 70
Body mounting
60
44
LEFB
6
8 5H9 (+0.030 )
5.5
M4 x 0.7 0
thread depth 8 depth 5
(F.G. terminal)
L
(5) 64 (62) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 62 96 (1.4)
LECA6
(65) Stroke 65
(2.2)
Encoder cable (ø7)

Motor cable (ø6)
(188.5)
48
60
46.8
55
30
70
(M4: Width across flats 7) 5H9 (+0.030
0 )
n x ø5.5 depth 5
6
60
200
D x 200 (= E) 15 5
B
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
96 (1.4)
(2.2)
Dimensions [mm]
L A B n D E
LEFB
Stroke
300 590 306 430 6 2 400 Encoder cable (ø7)
400 690 406 530 6 2 400 Motor cable (ø6)
500 790 506 630 8 3 600
(215.5)
600 890 606 730 8 3 600

700 990 706 830 10 4 800 Lock cable (ø4.5)
800 1090 806 930 10 4 800
LEFG LECS□
900 1190 906 1030 12 5 1000

1000 1290 1006 1130 12 5 1000
1100 1390 1106 1230 14 6 1200
1200 1490 1206 1330 14 6 1200
1300 1590 1306 1430 16 7 1400
1400 1690 1406 1530 16 7 1400
1500 1790 1506 1630 18 8 1600
1600 1890 1606 1730 18 8 1600
Specific Product
Precautions
148
Series LEFB

ø5H9 (+0.030
0 ) (122)
depth 5
4 x M6 x 1 70
Body mounting
60
44
6
5.5
M4 x 0.7 5H9 (+0.030 )
0
thread depth 8 depth 5
(F.G. terminal)
L
(5) 64 (62) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 62 96 (1.4)
(65) Stroke 65
70 (3) Encoder Z-phase detecting position Note 3) 3 ±1.5
48 60
46.8
55
30
(188)
(M4: Width across flats 7) (130.5)
Encoder cable (ø7)

Motor cable (ø6)
5H9 (+0.030
0 ) (2.2)
n x ø5.5
depth 5
6
60
200
D x 200 (= E) 15 5
B

96 (1.4)
Dimensions [mm]
Stroke L A B n D E
300 590 306 430 6 2 400
400 690 406 530 6 2 400
500 790 506 630 8 3 600
(215)
Lock cable (ø4.5)

600 890 606 730 8 3 600
(157.5)
700 990 706 830 10 4 800 Encoder cable (ø7)

800 1090 806 930 10 4 800 Motor cable (ø6)
900 1190 906 1030 12 5 1000
1000 1290 1006 1130 12 5 1000
1100 1390 1106 1230 14 6 1200
(2.2)
1200 1490 1206 1330 14 6 1200

1300 1590 1306 1430 16 7 1400
1400 1690 1406 1530 16 7 1400
1500 1790 1506 1630 18 8 1600
1600 1890 1606 1730 18 8 1600
149
Selection
Model

LEFS
ø6H9 (+0.030
0 )
depth 7 (170)
Body mounting 4 x M8 x 1.25 106
Encoder cable (ø7)
reference plane Note 1) thread depth 13 60
Motor cable (ø6)
58
74
LEFB
7
7
M4 x 0.7 8
6H9 (+0.030
0 )
thread depth 8
depth 7
(F.G. terminal)
L
(6) 66 (86) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 86 97.5 (1.4)
LECA6
(89) Stroke 89
(3.1)
(3) 3 ±1.5
Encoder Z-phase detecting position Note 3)
(214)
61
68
53.8
60.5
31
Tension adjustment bolt Motor cable (ø6)

90
(M5: Width across flats 8) n x ø6.6 6H9 (+0.030
0 ) Encoder cable (ø7)
depth 6
7
76
200
D x 200 (= E) 60 5
B
LEFS
97 (1.4)
AC Servo Motor
Motor cable (ø6)
(3.1)
Dimensions [mm]
Stroke L A B n D E
LEFB
300 641.5 306 478 6 2 400
400 741.5 406 578 6 2 400
500 841.5 506 678 8 3 600
(243)
600 941.5 606 778 8 3 600

700 1041.5 706 878 10 4 800
800 1141.5 806 978 10 4 800
900 1241.5 906 1078 12 5 1000
LEFG LECS□
1000 1341.5 1006 1178 12 5 1000

1100 1441.5 1106 1278 14 6 1200
1200 1541.5 1206 1378 14 6 1200
1300 1641.5 1306 1478 16 7 1400
Lock cable (ø4.5)
1400 1741.5 1406 1578 16 7 1400
1500 1841.5 1506 1678 18 8 1600 Encoder cable (ø7)
1600 1941.5 1606 1778 18 8 1600
1700 2041.5 1706 1878 20 9 1800 Note 1) When mounting the actuator using the body mounting reference plane,
1800 2141.5 1806 1978 20 9 1800
Specific Product
1900 2241.5 1906 2078 22 10 2000 Note 2) Distance within which the table can move when it returns to origin. Make
Precautions
2000 2341.5 2006 2178 22 10 2000 sure a workpiece mounted on the table does not interfere with the work
2500 2841.5 2506 2678 28 13 2600 pieces and facilities around the table.
3000 3341.5 3006 3178 32 15 3000 Note 3) The Z-phase first detecting position from the stroke end of the motor side
150
Series LEFB

ø6H9 (+0.030
0 )
depth 7 (170)
Body mounting 4 x M8 x 1.25 106
reference plane Note 1) thread depth 13 60
58
74
7
7
M4 x 0.7
6H9 (+0.030
0 )
thread depth 8
depth 7
(F.G. terminal)
L
(6) 66 (86) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 86 97.5 (1.4)
90 Stroke 89
(89)
61 (3) Encoder Z-phase detecting position Note 3) 3 ±1.5
60.5
31
68
53.8
(213.5)
(M5: Width across flats 8)
(148)
(3.1)
Encoder cable (ø7)
6H9 (+0.030 ) Motor cable (ø6)
n x ø6.6 0
depth 6
7
76
200
D x 200 (= E) 60 5
B

97 (1.4) Lock cable (ø4.5)
Dimensions [mm]
Stroke L A B n D E
300 641.5 306 478 6 2 400
400 741.5 406 578 6 2 400
500 841.5 506 678 8 3 600
(242.5)
600 941.5 606 778 8 3 600

700 1041.5 706 878 10 4 800
(177)
800 1141.5 806 978 10 4 800

900 1241.5 906 1078 12 5 1000
1000 1341.5 1006 1178 12 5 1000
1100 1441.5 1106 1278 14 6 1200
1200 1541.5 1206 1378 14 6 1200
1300 1641.5 1306 1478 16 7 1400
(3.1)
Encoder cable (ø7)

1400 1741.5 1406 1578 16 7 1400
1500 1841.5 1506 1678 18 8 1600 Motor cable (ø6)
1600 1941.5 1606 1778 18 8 1600
1700 2041.5 1706 1878 20 9 1800 Note 1) When mounting the actuator using the body mounting reference plane,
1800 2141.5 1806 1978 20 9 1800 set the height of the opposite surface or pin to be 3 mm or more because
1900 2241.5 1906 2078 22 10 2000 Note 2) Distance within which the table can move when it returns to origin. Make
2000 2341.5 2006 2178 22 10 2000 sure a workpiece mounted on the table does not interfere with the work
2500 2841.5 2506 2678 28 13 2600 pieces and facilities around the table.
3000 3341.5 3006 3178 32 15 3000 Note 3) The Z-phase first detecting position from the stroke end of the motor side
151
Selection
Series LECS
Model
Pulse Input Type/ Pulse Input Type
LEFS
Positioning Type
LEFB
LECA6
Incremental Type Absolute Type
Series LECSA Series LECSB
CC-Link Direct Input Type SSCNET # Type
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
LEFG LECS□ LEFB
Absolute Type Absolute Type

Series LECSC Series LECSS
Specific Product
Precautions
152
AC Servo Motor Driver Power supply voltage
100 to 120 VAC
200 to 230 VAC
Series LECS Motor capacity 100/200/400 W
Series LECSA (Pulse input type/ Positioning type)

Incremental Type
Up to 7 positioning points by point table

Input type: Pulse input
Control encoder: Incremental 17-bit encoder (Resolution: 131072 pulse/rev)
Parallel input: 6 inputs
output: 4 outputs
Series LECSB (Pulse input type)
Input type: Pulse input

Control encoder: Absolute 18-bit encoder (Resolution: 262144 pulse/rev)
Parallel input: 10 inputs
output: 6 outputs
Series LECSC (CC-Link direct input type)

Absolute Type
Position data/speed data setting and operation start/stop

Positioning by up to 255 point tables (when 2 stations occupied)
Up to 32 drivers connectable (when 2 stations occupied)
with CC-Link communication
Applicable Fieldbus protocol: CC-Link (Ver. 1.10, Max. communication speed: 10 Mbps)
Series LECSS (SSCNET # type)
,
Compatible with Mitsubishi Electric s servo system controller network
Reduced wiring and SSCNET # optical cable for one-touch connection
SSCNET # optical cable provides enhanced noise resistance
Up to 16 drivers connectable with SSCNET # communication
Applicable Fieldbus protocol: SSCNET #
(High-speed optical communication, Max. one-way communication speed: 100 Mbps)
153
Incremental Type
LECSA
Selection
Series RoHS
Model
(Pulse Input Type/Positioning Type)
Absolute Type
Series LECSB/ LECSC/ LECSS
LEFS
(Pulse Input Type) (CC-Link Direct Input Type) (SSCNET # Type)
How to Order
LEFB
Driver LECS A 1 S1
Driver type
Pulse input type/Positioning type LECSA LECSB LECSC LECSS
A (For incremental encoder)
LECA6
Pulse input type Compatible motor type
B (For absolute encoder)
Symbol Type Capacity Encoder
CC-Link direct input type S1 AC servo motor (S2) 100 W
C (For absolute encoder)
S3 AC servo motor (S3) 200 W Incremental
S
SSCNET # type S4 AC servo motor (S4)* 400 W
(For absolute encoder)
S5 AC servo motor (S6) 100 W
Power supply voltage S7 AC servo motor (S7) 200 W Absolute
1 100 to 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz S8 AC servo motor (S8)* 400 W
2 200 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz * Only available for power supply voltage “200 to 230 VAC”.
Dimensions
LECSA
For LECSA-S1,S3 For LECSA-S4
2 x ø6 Mounting hole 2 x ø6 Mounting hole 50 135
40
(Bearing surface thickness 5) (Bearing surface thickness 5)
CNP1 CNP1
CNP2 Connector
CNP2 Description
name
130
120
130
120
CN1 I/O signal connector

CN1 CN1 CN2 Encoder connector
CN3
LEFS
CN3 CN3 USB communication connector
CN2 CN2 CNP1 Main circuit power supply connector
CNP2 Control circuit power supply connector
AC Servo Motor
6 6
5
5.5 6
LECSB
40
LEFB
ø6 Mounting hole 135 (For LECSB-S5, S7)
6 170 (For LECSB-S8)
(Bearing surface thickness 4)
6
CN5
CN6
CNP1
LEFG LECS□
Connector
CN3 Description
name
CNP2 CN1 I/O signal connector

161

156
168
CN1
CN3 RS-422 communication connector
CNP3
CN4 Battery connector
CN6 Analog monitor connector
CN4
CNP1 Main circuit power supply connector
Specific Product
Precautions

6
6 CNP3 Servo motor power connector
Battery∗
(14)
∗Battery included.
154 A
Series LECS 
Dimensions
LECSC
40
6 135 (For LECSC-S5, S7)
170 (For LECSC-S8)
2 x ø6
CN5
CNP1
CN3 Connector name Description
CN1 CC-Link connector
CNP2 CN1 CN2 Encoder connector
CN3
156
RS-422 communication connector
168
CNP3 CN4 Battery connector
CN6
CN5 USB communication connector
CN2 CNP1 Main circuit power supply connector
CN4
CNP3 Servo motor power connector
Battery∗
6
6
* Battery included.
LECSS
40
6 135 (For LECSS-S5, S7)
170 (For LECSS-S8)
2 x ø6
Connector name Description

CN5
Front axis connector for
CNP1 CN1A SSCNET # optical cable
CN3
Rear axis connector for
CN1B SSCNET # optical cable
CNP2
CN1A CN2 Encoder connector
156
168
CNP3
CN1B
CN4 Battery connector
CNP1 Main circuit power supply connector
CN4 CNP2 Control circuit power supply connector
CNP3 Servo motor power connector
Battery∗
6
6
* Battery included.
155
AC Servo Motor Driver Series LECS 
Selection
Model
Specifications

Series LECSA
LEFS
Model LECSA1-S1 LECSA1-S3 LECSA2-S1 LECSA2-S3 LECSA2-S4
Compatible motor capacity [W] 100 200 100 200 400
Incremental 17-bit encoder
Compatible encoder
(Resolution: 131072 p/rev)
Main Power voltage [V] Single phase 100 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz) Single phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
power Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Single phase 85 to 132 VAC Single phase 170 to 253 VAC
supply Rated current [A] 3.0 5.0 1.5 2.4 4.5
LEFB
Control Control power supply voltage [V] 24 VDC
power Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] 21.6 to 26.4 VDC
supply Rated current [A] 0.5
Parallel input 6 inputs
Parallel output 4 outputs
Max. input pulse frequency [pps] 1 M (for differential receiver), 200 k (for open collector)
LECA6
In-position range setting [pulse] 0 to ±65535 (Command pulse unit)
Error excessive ±3 rotations
Function
Torque limit Parameter setting
Communication USB communication
Storage temperature range [°C] –20 to 65 (No freezing)
Insulation resistance [MΩ] Between the housing and SG: 10 (500 VDC)
Weight [g] 600 700
Series LECSB
Model LECSB1-S5 LECSB1-S7 LECSB2-S5 LECSB2-S7 LECSB2-S8
Absolute 18-bit encoder
Compatible encoder
Power voltage [V] Single phase 100 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Main Single phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
power Three phase 170 to 253 VAC
supply Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Single phase 85 to 132 VAC
Single phase 170 to 253 VAC
Rated current [A] 3.0 5.0 0.9 1.5 2.6
Control Control power supply voltage [V] Single phase 100 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz) Single phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
LEFS
power Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Single phase 85 to 132 VAC Single phase 170 to 253 VAC
supply Rated current [A] 0.4 0.2
Parallel input 10 inputs
AC Servo Motor
Parallel output 6 outputs
Max. input pulse frequency [pps] 1 M (for differential receiver), 200 k (for open collector)
In-position range setting [pulse] 0 to ±10000 (Command pulse unit)
Error excessive ±3 rotations
LEFB
Function
Torque limit Parameter setting or external analog input setting (0 to 10 VDC)
Communication USB communication, RS422 communication*1
LEFG LECS□

Weight [g] 800 1000
*1 USB communication and RS422 communication cannot be performed at the same time.
Specific Product
Precautions
156
Series LECS 
Specifications
Series LECSC
Model LECSC1-S5 LECSC1-S7 LECSC2-S5 LECSC2-S7 LECSC2-S8
Compatible encoder
Single phase 100 to 120 VAC Three phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Power voltage [V]
Main (50/60 Hz) Single phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Rated current [A] 3.0 5.0 0.9 1.5 2.6
Single phase 100 to 120 VAC Single phase 200 to 230 VAC
Control Control power supply voltage [V]
(50/60 Hz) (50/60 Hz)
power
supply Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Single phase 85 to 132 VAC Single phase 170 to 253 VAC
Rated current [A] 0.4 0.2
Applicable Fieldbus protocol (Version) CC-Link communication (Ver. 1.10)
Connection cable CC-Link Ver. 1.10 compliant cable (Shielded 3-core twisted pair cable)*1
Remote station number 1 to 64
Communication speed [bps] 16 k 625 k 2.5 M 5M 10 M
Cable
Communication Maximum overall cable length [m] 1200 900 400 160 100
length
specifications Cable length between stations [m] 0.2 or more
I/O occupation area 1 station occupied (Remote I/O 32 points/32 points)/(Remote register 4 words/4 words)
(Inputs/Outputs) 2 stations occupied (Remote I/O 64 points/64 points)/(Remote register 8 words/8 words)
Up to 42 (when 1 station is occupied by 1 driver), Up to 32 (when 2 stations are occupied by
Number of connectable drivers
1 driver), when there are only remote device stations.
Remote register input Available with CC-Link communication (2 stations occupied)
Available with CC-Link communication, RS422 communication
CC-Link communication (1 station occupied): 31 points
Point table No. input
Command CC-Link communication (2 stations occupied): 255 points
method RS422 communication: 255 points
Available with CC-Link communication
Indexer positioning input CC-Link communication (1 station occupied): 31 points
CC-Link communication (2 stations occupied): 255 points
Communication function USB communication, RS-422 communication*2
Weight [g] 800 1000
*1 If the system comprises of both CC-Link Ver. 1.00 and Ver. 1.10 compliant cables, Ver. 1.00 specifications are applied to the overall cable length and the cable length between stations.
*2 USB communication and RS422 communication cannot be performed at the same time.
Series LECSS
Model LECSS1-S5 LECSS1-S7 LECSS2-S5 LECSS2-S7 LECSS2-S8
Compatible encoder
Single phase 100 to 120 VAC Three phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Power voltage [V]
Main (50/60 Hz) Single phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Rated current [A] 3.0 5.0 0.9 1.5 2.6
Single phase 100 to 120 VAC Single phase 200 to 230 VAC
Control Control power supply voltage [V]
(50/60 Hz) (50/60 Hz)
power
supply Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Single phase 85 to 132 VAC Single phase 170 to 253 VAC
Rated current [A] 0.4 0.2
Applicable Fieldbus protocol SSCNET # (High-speed optical communication)
Communication function USB communication
Weight [g] 800 1000
157
Selection
Model
Power Supply Wiring Example: LECSA

LECSA-
LEFS
Main circuit power supply CNP1
NFB MC
Single phase 200 to 230 VAC L1 Built-in
regenerative
or
L2 resistor U U
Single phase 100 to 120 VAC Motor
P V V
LEFB
Regeneration option M
C W W
LECA6
CNP2
Circuit protector
Control circuit power supply +24V CN2 Encoder
24 VDC 0V
Main Circuit Power Supply Connector: CNP1 * Accessory

Should be grounded by connecting the servo motor’s earth
Protective earth (PE)
terminal and the control panel’s protective earth (PE).
L1 Connect the main circuit power supply. L1
Main circuit
LECSA1: Single phase 100 to 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz
L2 power supply L2
LECSA2: Single phase 200 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Terminal to connect regeneration option P
P LECSA-S1: Not connected at time of shipping. C
Regeneration option LECSA-S3, S4: Connected at time of shipping.
* If regeneration option is required for “Model Selection”, U
C
connect to this terminal.
V
U Servo motor power (U)
W
LEFS
V Servo motor power (V) Connect to motor cable (U, V, W).
W Servo motor power (W)
Control Circuit Power Supply Connector: CNP2 * Accessory
AC Servo Motor
24V
Control circuit 24 V side of the control circuit power supply (24 VDC) 0V
24V power supply (24 V) supplied to the driver
Control circuit 0 V side of the control circuit power supply (24 VDC)
0V
LEFB
power supply (0 V) supplied to the driver
LEFG LECS□
Specific Product
Precautions
158
Series LECS 
Power Supply Wiring Example: LECSB, LECSC, LECSS

LECSB1- CNP1
NFB MC
LECSC1- Single phase L1 CNP3
LECSS1- 100 to 120 VAC Open U U
Motor
L2 V V
M
N W W
P1
P2 PE
CNP2
P
Regeneration option
C
D
CN2 Encoder
L11
LECSB2-
LECSC2- L21
LECSS2-
For single phase 200 VAC For three phase 200 VAC
CNP1 CNP1
NFB MC NFB MC
Single L1 CNP3 Three L1 CNP3
phase phase
L2 U U L2 U U
200 to 230 Motor 200 to 230 Motor
VAC L3 V V VAC L3 V V
M M
N W W N(–) W W
P1 P1
P2 PE P2 PE
CNP2 CNP2
P P(+)
Regeneration option Regeneration option
C C
D D
CN2 Encoder CN2 Encoder
L11 L11
L21 L21
Note) For single phase 200 to 230 VAC, power supply should be connected to L1 and L2 terminals, with nothing connected to L3.
Main Circuit Power Supply Connector: CNP1 * Accessory

LECSB
Terminal name Function Details Front view
L1
L1 Connect the main circuit power supply. example
Main circuit LECSB1/LECSC1/LECSS1: Single phase 100 to 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L1,L2 L2
L2
power supply LECSB2/LECSC2/LECSS2: Single phase 200 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L1,L2
L3 Three phase 200 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L1,L2,L3 L3
N Do not connect.
N
P1
Connect between P1 and P2. (Connected at time of shipping.)
P2 P1
Control Circuit Power Supply Connector: CNP2 * Accessory P2

P Connect between P and D. (Connected at time of shipping.) P
Regeneration
C * If regeneration option is required for “Model Selection”, connect to this C
option terminal.
D D
L11 Connect the control circuit power supply. L11
Control circuit LECSB1/LECSC1/LECSS1: Single phase 100 to 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L11,L21
L21
power supply LECSB2/LECSC2/LECSS2: Single phase 200 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L11,L21
L21 Three phase 200 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L11,L21
U
Motor Connector: CNP3 * Accessory
V
U Servo motor power (U) W
V Servo motor power (V) Connect to motor cable (U, V, W)
W Servo motor power (W)
159
Selection
Model
Control Signal Wiring Example: LECSA

LECSA-
LEFS
This wiring example shows connection with a PLC (FX3U-MT/ES) manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric as when used in position
control mode. Refer to the LECSA series Operation Manual and any technical literature or operation manuals for your PLC and
positioning unit before connecting to another PLC or positioning unit.
2 m or less Note 5)
PLC
FX3U-MT/ES (Manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric)
LEFB
S/S
24V LECSA
0V Note 4) Note 4)
Sequencer L CN1 CN1

Note 2)
power 24 VDC DICOM 1
LECA6
•

9 ALM RA1 Failure Note 3)
supply
N OPC 2
DOCOM 13 12 MBR RA2 Electromagnetic
brake interlock
Y000
S/S PP 23
COM1
Y010 NP 25
10 m or less
COM3
15 LA A-phase pulse encoder
Y004 CR 5 16 LAR (Differential line driver)
COM2 17 LB B-phase pulse encoder
18 LBR (Differential line driver)
X INP 10 19 LZ Z-phase pulse encoder
20 LZR (Differential line driver)
X RD 11 14 LG Control common
X OP 21 Plate SD
LG 14
SD Plate
Note 4)
CN1
Forced stop EM1 8
Servo ON SON 4
LEFS
Reset RES 3
AC Servo Motor
Forward rotation stroke end LSP 6
Reverse rotation stroke end LSN 7
10 m or less
LEFG LECS□ LEFB
CNP1
Note 1)
PE
,
Note 1) For preventing electric shock, be sure to connect the driver circuit power supply connector (CNP1) s protective earth (PE) terminal (marked ) to
,
the control panel s protective earth (PE).
Note 2) For interface use, supply 24 VDC ±10% 200 mA using an external source. 200 mA is the value when all I/O command signals are used and
Specific Product
reducing the number of inputs/outputs can decrease current capacity. Refer to “Operation Manual” for required current for interface.
Precautions
Note 3) The failure (ALM) is ON during normal conditions. When it is OFF (alarm occurs), stop the sequencer signal using the sequence program.
Note 4) The same name signals are connected inside the driver.
Note 5) For command pulse input with an open collector method. When a positioning unit loaded with a differential line driver method is used, it is 10 m or
less.
160
Series LECS 
Control Signal Wiring Example: LECSB
This wiring example shows connection with a positioning unit (QD75D) manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric as when used in position
control mode. Refer to the LECSB series Operation Manual and any technical literature or operation manuals for your PLC and
positioning unit before connecting to another PLC or positioning unit.
LECSB
Positioning unit 24 VDC Note 2) Note 4)
QD75D (Manufactured by CN1
Mitsubishi Electric) Note 4)
CN1 21 DICOM
Failure Note 3)
DICOM 20 48 ALM RA1
CLEARCOM 14 DOCOM 46 Zero speed detection
CLEAR 13 CR 41 23 ZSP RA2
Torque limiting
RDYCOM 12 25 TLC RA3
READY 11 RD 49 Positioning completion
PULSE F+ 15 PP 10 24 INP RA4
PULSE F– 16 PG 11
10 m or less
PULSE R+ 17 NP 35
S/S R–
PULSE 18 NG 36 4 LA A-phase pulse encoder
PG0 9 LZ 8 5 LAR (Differential line driver)
PG0 COM 10 LZR 9 6 LB B-phase pulse encoder
LG 3 7 LBR (Differential line driver)
SD Plate Control common
10 m or less Note 5) 34 LG Control common
33 OP Z-phase pulse encoder
1 P15R (Open collector)
Plate SD
10 m or less 2 m or less
Note 4)
CN1
Emergency stop EMG 42
Servo ON SON 15 Note 4)
Reset RES 19 CN6
Proportion control PC 17 3 MO1 Analog monitor 1
±10 VDC
External torque limit selection TL 18 1 LG
±10 VDC Analog monitor 2
Forward rotation stroke end LSP 43 2 MO2
Reverse rotation stroke end LSN 44 2 m or less
DOCOM 47
Upper limit setting
P15R 1
Analog torque limit
TLA 27
+10 V/Maximum torque
LG 28
SD Plate
2 m or less
Note 1)
PE
, ,
Note 1) For preventing electric shock, be sure to connect the driver s protective earth (PE) terminal (marked ) to the control panel s protective earth (PE).
Note 2) For interface use, supply 24 VDC ±10% 300 mA using an external source.
Note 4) The same name signals are connected inside the driver.
Note 5) For command pulse input with a differential line driver method. For open collector method, it is 2 m or less.
161
Selection
Model
Control Signal Wiring Example: LECSC
LEFS
LECSC
Note 2)
CN6
24 VDC +
Power CN6 14 RD RA1 Ready
supply −
DICOM 5 15 ALM RA2 Failure Note 3)
DOCOM 17
LEFB
Forced stop EMG 1 16 ZP RA3 Return to origin completion
Proximity dog DOG 2
10 m or less
Forward rotation stroke end LSP 3
Reverse rotation stroke end LSN 4 13 LZ Z-phase pulse encoder
10 m or less
LECA6
24 LAR (Differential line driver)
12 LB B-phase pulse encoder
23 LG Control common
Plate SD
Note 1)
PE
CN1
CC-Link
, ,
Note 1) For preventing electric shock, be sure to connect the driver s protective earth (PE) terminal (marked ) to the control panel s protective earth (PE).
Note 2) For interface use, supply 24 VDC ±10% 150 mA using an external source.
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
LEFG LECS□ LEFB
Specific Product
Precautions
162
Series LECS 
Control Signal Wiring Example: LECSS

10 m or less 10 m or less
LECSS
Note 2) Note 4) Note 4)
24 VDC CN3 CN3

DICOM 5 13 MBR RA1
D0COM 3 Electromagnetic brake interlock Note 2)
Forced stop EM1 20 9 INP RA2
In position
Upper stroke limit (FLS) D11 2 15 ALM RA3
Lower stroke limit (RLS) D12 12 Failure Note 3)
Proximity dog (DOG) D13 19 10 DICOM
16 LAR (Differential line driver)
7 LB B-phase pulse encoder
8 LZ Z-phase pulse encoder
11 LG Control common
4 MO1 Analog monitor 1

1 LG
Servo system
controller 14 MO2 Analog monitor 2
SSCNET # optical cable Note 5) CN1A
(Option) Plate SD
2 m or less
CN1B SW1
SW2 Note 7)
12
Note 1)
PE
LECSS Note 6)
CN1A (Axis 2)
SW1
CN1B SW2 Note 7)
12
SSCNET # optical cable Note 5)
(Option) LECSS Note 6)
CN1A (Axis 3)
SW1
CN1B SW2 Note 7)
Note 1) For preventing electric shock, be sure to connect the

12 ,
driver s protective earth (PE) terminal (marked ) to
,
the control panel s protective earth (PE).
LECSS Note 6)
Note 2) For interface use, supply 24 VDC ±10% 150 mA using
CN1A (Axis n)
an external source.
SW1
Note 3) The failure (ALM) is ON during normal conditions.
When it is OFF (alarm occurs), stop the sequencer
CN1B SW2 Note 7) signal using the sequence program.
Cap Note 8) Note 4) The same name signals are connected inside the driver.
Note 5) Use the following SSCNET # optical cables.
12 Refer to “SSCNET # optical cable” on page 164 for
cable models.
Cable Cable model Cable length
SSCNET # optical cable LE-CSS- 0.15 m to 3 m
Note 6) Connections from Axis 2 onward are omitted.
Note 7) Up to 16 axes can be set.
Note 8) Be sure to place a cap on unused CN1A/CN1B.
163
Series LECS 
Options
Motor cable, Lock cable, Encoder cable (LECS common)
LE CS M S 5 A
Motor type Direction of connector
S AC servo motor Axis side
Cable description
M Motor cable A
Cable type
B Lock cable
S Standard cable
E Encoder cable
R Robotic cable
Cable length (L) [m] Counter axis side

2 2
5 5 B
A 10
LE-CSM-: Motor cable

(13.7)
(30) L
LE-CSB-: Lock cable

(11.8)
(29.6) L
LE-CSE-: Encoder cable

18.8
(13)
(30) L 37.4
∗ LE-CSM-S is MR-PWS1CBLM-A-L manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric.

LE-CSB-S is MR-BKS1CBLM-A-L manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric.
LE-CSE-S is MR-J3ENCBLM-A-L manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric.
LE-CSM-R is MR-PWS1CBLM-A-H manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric.
LE-CSB-R is MR-BKS1CBLM-A-H manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric.
LE-CSE-R is MR-J3ENCBLM-A-H manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric.
I/O connector (Without cable, Connector only)
LE CSN A LE-CSNA LE-CSNB LE-CSNS

Driver type
A LECSA, LECSC
52.4
33.3
37.2
B LECSB
S LECSS
39
39 39
∗ LE-CSNA: 10126-3000PE (connector)/10326-52F0-008 (shell kit)

manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited or equivalent item.
LE-CSNB: 10150-3000PE (connector)/10350-52F0-008 (shell kit)
LE-CSNS: 10120-3000PE (connector)/10320-52F0-008 (shell kit)
∗ Applicable conductor size: AWG24 to 30
A 164
Selection
Model
Options

SSCNET # optical cable Regeneration option (LECS common)
LEFS
LE CSS 1 LEC MR RB
Motor type
S AC servo motor Cable length Regeneration option type
L 0.15 m 032 Allowable regenerative power 30 W
Cable description K 0.3 m 12 Allowable regenerative power 100 W
S SSCNET # optical cable J 0.5 m ∗ Confirm regeneration option to be used
LEFB
1 1m in “Model Selection”.
∗ LE-CSS- is MR-J3BUSM
manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric. 3 3m
LA
(12)
(6)
15
ø6 Mounting
I/O cable hole
LECA6
LEC CSN A 1
Driver type 5
156
168
144
A LECSA, LECSC Cable length (L) [m]
B LECSB 1 1.5
S LECSS
6 LD
12
Pin no. n Driver side PLC side (20) LC
LB
Pin 1 90 15
Dimensions [mm]
Model LA LB LC LD
H
Name plate + Lot. No.
LEC-MR-RB-032
øD
30 119 99 1.6
T 100 80
LEC-MR-RB-12 40 169 149 2
U W 1500
∗ MR-RB- manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric.
A side B side
∗ LEC-CSNA-1: 10126-3000PE (connector)/10326-52F0-008 (shell kit)

LEC-CSNB-1: 10150-3000PE (connector)/10350-52F0-008 (shell kit)
LEC-CSNS-1: 10120-3000PE (connector)/10320-52F0-008 (shell kit)
Cable O.D. Dimensions/Pin No.
∗ Conductor size: AWG24 Product no. Product no. W
øD H T U Pin no. n
LEFS
LEC-CSNA-1 11.1 LEC-CSNA-1 37.2 14 14
Wiring LEC-CSNB-1 13.8 LEC-CSNB-1 39 52.4 12.7 18 26
LEC-CSNA-1: Pin no. 1 to 26 LEC-CSNS-1 9.1 LEC-CSNS-1 33.3 14 21
AC Servo Motor
LEC-CSNB-1: Pin no. 1 to 50
LEC-CSNS-1: Pin no. 1 to 20
Connector Pair no. Insulation Dot Connector Pair no. Insulation Dot Connector Pair no. Insulation Dot
Dot mark Dot mark Dot mark
pin no. of wire color color pin no. of wire color color pin no. of wire color color
LEFB
1 Red 19 Red 35 Red
1 Orange 10 Pink 18 White
2 Black 20 Black 36 Black
3 Light Red 21 Red 37 Red
2 11 Orange 19 Yellow
4 gray Black 22 Black 38 Black
5 Red 23 Light Red 39 Red
3 White 12 20 Pink
6 Black 24 gray Black 40 Black
LEFG LECS□
7 Red 25 Red 41 Red

4 Yellow 13 White 21 Orange
A side
A side

A side
9 Red 27 Red 43 Light Red

5 Pink 14 Yellow 22
10 Black 28 Black 44 gray Black
11 Red 29 Red 45 Red
6 Orange 15 Pink 23 White
13 Light Red 31 Red 47 Red
7 16 Orange 24 Yellow
14 gray Black 32 Black 48 Black
Specific Product
15 Red 33 Light Red 49 Red

Precautions
8 White 17 25 Pink
16 Black 34 gray Black 50 Black
17 Red
9 Yellow
18 Black
164-1 A
Series LECS 
Options
USB cable
PC Setup software
LECSA LECSB LECSC LECSS (MR ConfiguratorTM)
Drivers
Setup software (MR ConfiguratorTM) (LECSA, LECSB, LECSC, LECSS common)
LEC MR SETUP221
Display language
Nil Japanese version
E English version
* MRZJW3-SETUP221 manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric.
Refer to Mitsubishi Electric’s website for operating environment and version upgrade information.
MR ConfiguratorTM is a registered trademark or trademark of Mitsubishi Electric.
Adjustment, waveform display, diagnostics, parameter read/write, and test operation can be performed upon a PC.
Compatible PC
When using setup software (MR ConfiguratorTM), use an IBM PC/AT compatible PC that meets the following operating conditions.
Setup software (MR ConfiguratorTM)
Equipment
LEC-MR-SETUP221
Windows®98, Windows®Me,
Windows®2000 Professional,
Windows®XP Professional/Home Edition,
OS
Windows Vista® Home Basic/Home Premium/Business/Ultimate/Enterprise
PC Note 1) 2) 3) 4) Windows®7 Starter/Home Premium/Professional/Ultimate/Enterprise
Available HD space 130 MB or more
Communication interface Use USB port
Resolution 1024 x 768 or more
Display Must be capable of high color (16-bit) display.
The connectable with the above PC
Keyboard The connectable with the above PC
Mouse The connectable with the above PC
Printer The connectable with the above PC
USB cable LEC-MR-J3USB Note 5)
Note 1) Before using a PC for setting LECSA point table method/program method or LECSC point table No. input, upgrade to version C5 (Japanese version)/
version C4 (English version). Refer to Mitsubishi Electric’s website for version upgrade information.
Note 2) Windows, Windows Vista, Windows 7 are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
Note 3) This software may not run correctly depending on the PC that you are using.
Note 4) Not compatible with 64-bit Windows®XP, 64-bit Windows Vista® and 64-bit Windows®7.
Note 5) Order USB cable separately.
USB cable (3 m) Battery (only for LECSB, LECSC or LECSS)

LEC MR J3USB LEC MR J3BAT
* MR-J3USB manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric. * MR-J3BAT manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric.
Cable for connecting PC and driver when using the setup Battery for replacement.
software (MR ConfiguratorTM). Absolute position data is maintained by installing the battery to
Do not use any cable other than this cable. the driver.
165
LECS 
Series
Selection
Model
LEFS
Design/Selection Handling
Warning Warning
1. Use the specified voltage. 9. Static electricity may cause a malfunction or damage
If the applied voltage is higher than the specified voltage, the driver. Do not touch the driver while power is
malfunction and damage to the driver may result. If the applied supplied to it.
LEFB
voltage is lower than the specified voltage, there is a possibility Take sufficient safety measures to eliminate static electricity when
that the load cannot be moved due to internal voltage drop. Check it is necessary to touch the driver for maintenance.
the operating voltage prior to start. Also, confirm that the operating
voltage does not drop below the specified voltage during operation. 10. Do not use the products in an area where they could be
exposed to dust, metallic powder, machining chips or
2. Do not use the products outside the specifications. splashes of water, oil or chemicals.
Otherwise, fire, malfunction or damage to the driver/actuator can
Otherwise, a failure or malfunction can result.
result. Check the specifications before use.
LECA6
11. Do not use the products in a magnetic field.
3. Install an emergency stop circuit.
Otherwise, a malfunction or failure can result.
Install an emergency stop outside the enclosure in easy reach to
the operator so that the operator can stop the system operation 12. Do not use the products in an environment where
immediately and intercept the power supply. flammable, explosive or corrosive gases, liquids or
4. To prevent danger and damage due to a breakdown or other substances are present.
malfunction of these products, which may occur at a Otherwise, fire, explosion or corrosion can result.
certain probability, a backup system should be arranged 13. Avoid heat radiation from strong heat sources, such as
in advance by using a multiple-layered structure or by direct sunlight or a hot furnace.
making a fail-safe equipment design etc. Otherwise, it will cause a failure to the driver or its peripheral
5. If there is a risk of fire or personal injury due to devices.
abnormal heat generation, sparking, smoke generated 14. Do not use the products in an environment with cyclic
by the product, etc., cut off the power supply from this temperature changes.
product and the system immediately. Otherwise, it will cause a failure to the driver or its peripheral
devices.
6. The parameters of the driver are set to initial values.
Change parameters according to the specifications of 15. Do not use the products in an environment where surges
the customer’s equipment before use. are generated.
Refer to the Operation Manual for details of parameters. Devices (solenoid type lifters, high frequency induction furnaces,
motors, etc.) that generate a large amount of surge around the
product may lead to deterioration or damage to the internal circuits
Handling of the products. Avoid supplies of surge generation and crossed
lines.
Warning 16. Do not install these products in a place subject to

vibration and impact.
1. Never touch the inside of the driver and its peripheral Otherwise, a malfunction or failure can result.
devices.
LEFS
17. When a surge generating load such as a relay or
Otherwise, electric shock or failure can result.
solenoid valve is directly driven, use a product that
2. Do not operate or set up this equipment with wet hands. incorporates a surge absorption element.
Otherwise, electric shock can result.
AC Servo Motor
3. Do not use a product that is damaged or missing any Mounting
components.
Warning
Electric shock, fire or injury can result.
4. Use only the specified combination between the
LEFB
electric actuator and driver. 1. Install the driver and its peripheral devices on fireproof
Otherwise, it may cause damage to the driver or to the other material.
equipment. Direct installation on or near flammable material may cause fire.
5. Be careful not to touch, get caught or hit by the 2. Do not install these products in a place subject to
workpiece while the actuator is moving. vibration and impact.
An injury can result. Otherwise, a malfunction or failure can result.
LEFG LECS□
6. Do not connect the power supply or power up the 3. The driver should be mounted on a vertical wall in a
product until it is confirmed that the workpiece can be vertical direction.
moved safely within the area that can be reached by Also, do not cover the driver’s suction/exhaust ports.
the workpiece. 4. Install the driver and its peripheral devices on a flat
Otherwise, the movement of the workpiece may cause an accident. surface.
7. Do not touch the product when it is energized and for If the mounting surface is not flat or uneven, excessive force may
some time after the power has been disconnected, as be applied to the housing and other parts resulting in a
it is very hot. malfunction.
Otherwise, it may cause burns due to the high temperature.
Specific Product
Precautions
8. Check the voltage using a tester at least 5 minutes after

power-off when performing installation, wiring and
maintenance.
Otherwise, electric shock, fire or injury can result.
166
LECS
Series
Power Supply Maintenance
Caution Warning
1. Use a power supply with low noise between lines and 1. Perform maintenance checks periodically.
between power and ground. Confirm wiring and screws are not loose.
In cases where noise is high, use an isolation transformer. Loose screws or wires may cause unexpected malfunction.
2. Take appropriate measures to prevent surges from 2. Conduct an appropriate functional inspection and test
lightning. Ground the surge absorber for lightning after completed maintenance.
separately from the grounding of the driver and its In case of any abnormalities (if the actuator does not move or the
peripheral devices. equipment does not operate properly etc.), stop the operation of
the system.
Otherwise, unexpected malfunction may occur and safety cannot
Wiring be assured.
Conduct a test of the emergency stop to confirm the safety of the
equipment.
Warning 3. Do not disassemble, modify or repair the driver or its
1. The driver will be damaged if a commercial power peripheral devices.
,
supply (100V/200V) is added to the driver s servo motor 4. Do not put anything conductive or flammable inside
power (U, V, W). Be sure to check wiring such as wiring the driver.
mistakes when the power supply is turned on. Otherwise, fire can result.
2. Connect the ends of the U, V, W wires from the motor 5. Do not conduct an insulation resistance test or
cable correctly to the phases (U, V, W) of the servo insulation withstand voltage test.
motor power. If these wires do not match up, it is
6. Reserve sufficient space for maintenance.
unable to control the servo motor.
Design the system so that it allows required space for
maintenance.
Grounding
Warning
1. For grounding actuator, connect the copper wire of the
,
actuator to the driver s protective earth (PE) terminal
and connect the copper wire of the driver to the earth
,
via the control panel s protective earth (PE) terminal.
,
Do not connect them directly to the control panel s
protective earth (PE) terminal.
Control panel
Driver
PE terminal Actuator
2. In the unlikely event that malfunction is caused by the

ground, it may be disconnected.
167
168
Support Guide/Series (11-)LEFG

Model Selection
Rated Load Table Displacement (Reference Value)
Unit: N
Rated load LEFG16 LEFG25 LEFG32 LEFG40
Basic dynamic rated load 6250 8950 16500 22700
Basic static rated load 8350 13900 22000 34500 L W
Table Accuracy
A side
B side
q 0.08
w C side
LEFG32
Displacement [mm]
0.06
D side LEFG25 (L = 30 mm)
(L = 25 mm)
0.04 LEFG16
Traveling parallelism [mm] (Every 300 mm) (L = 20 mm) LEFG40
Model
q C side traveling parallelism to A side w D side traveling parallelism to B side (L = 37 mm)
0.02
LEFG16 0.05 0.03
LEFG25 0.05 0.03
LEFG32 0.05 0.03 0
0 100 200 300 400 500
LEFG40 0.05 0.03
Load W [N]
Note 1) This displacement is measured when a 15 mm aluminum plate is
mounted and fixed on the table.
169
Model Selection Series (11-)LEFG
Selection
Model
* This graph shows the amount of allowable overhang when the center of gravity of the workpiece overhangs in one direction. When the center of

LEFS
Orientation

m: Work load [kg]
L: Overhang to the work load center of gravity [mm] (11-)LEFG16 (11-)LEFG25 (11-)LEFG32 (11-)LEFG40
2000 2000 2000 1500
1500 1500 1500
LEFB
Mep 1000
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
Pitching
m 1000 1000 1000

L1
500
500 500 500
LECA6
0 0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
2000 2000 2000 1500
1500 1500 1500

Mey 1000
Horizontal
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
Yawing
m 1000 1000 1000

L2 500
500 500 500
0 0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
2000 2000 2000 1500
1500 1500 1500

L3 1000
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
Rolling
1000 1000 1000
Mer 500
m 500 500 500
LEFS
0 0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
AC Servo Motor
2000 2000 2000 1500
1500 1500 1500

1000
L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
Pitching
LEFB
1000 1000 1000
500
m 500 500 500
Mep
0 0 0 0
L4 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 0 5 10 15 20 25
LEFG LECS□
Vertical
2000 2000 2000 1500
1500 1500 1500

1000
L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
Yawing
1000 1000 1000
500
m 500 500 500
Specific Product
Precautions
Mey
0 0 0 0
L5 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 0 5 10 15 20 25
170
Support Guide
Series (11-)LEFG
(11-)LEFG16, 25, 32, 40 RoHS
Application example
LEF
(Drive side)
A support guide is designed to support
work pieces with significant overhang.
 As the dimensions are the same as the LEF series
body, installation is simple and contributes to a
reduction in installation and assembly labor.
 The standard equipped seal bands prevent grease
from splashing and external foreign matter from
entering. Support guide (LEFG)
How to Order
LEF G 32 S 200
q w e r
Support guide
q w Size e Type of mounting pitch r Stroke [mm]

Nil General environment 16 Symbol LEFG16 LEFG25 LEFG32 LEFG40 Note 50 50
11-∗ Clean Series 25 Ball screw drive to to
S V V V V
∗ Only ball screw drive 32 Step motor/Servo motor (24 VDC)/AC servo motor 3000 3000
40 BT V V V — Belt Step motor/Servo motor (24 VDC)
BS — V V V drive AC servo motor
Applicable Stroke Table

Ball Screw Drive/S Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC) AC Servo Motor
Stroke
[mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
Model
(11-)LEFG16-S V V V V V V V V V V — — — — — — — — — —
(11-)LEFG25-S V V V V V V V V V V V V — — — — — — — —
(11-)LEFG32-S V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V — — — —
(11-)LEFG40-S — — V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V
Belt Drive/BT Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC)
Stroke
[mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
Model
LEFG16-BT — — — — — V — — — V — V — V — V — V — V
LEFG25-BT — — — — — V — — — V — V — V — V — V — V
LEFG32-BT — — — — — V — — — V — V — V — V — V — V
Stroke
Model [mm] 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000
LEFG16-BT — — — — — — — — — —
LEFG25-BT — V — — V — — V — V
LEFG32-BT — V — — V — — V — V
Belt Drive/BS AC Servo Motor
Stroke
[mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
Model
LEFG25-BS — — — — — V — V — V — V — V — V — V — V
LEFG32-BS — — — — — V — V — V — V — V — V — V — V
LEFG40-BS — — — — — V — V — V — V — V — V — V — V
Stroke
Model [mm] 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2500 3000
LEFG25-BS V V V V V V V V V V — —
LEFG32-BS V V V V V V V V V V V —
LEFG40-BS V V V V V V V V V V V V
171
Support Guide Series (11-)LEFG
Selection
Model
Weight

Ball Screw Drive/S Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC) AC Servo Motor
LEFS
Stroke
[mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
Model
(11-)LEFG16-S 0.25 0.31 0.37 0.43 0.49 0.55 0.61 0.67 0.73 0.79 — — — — — — — — — —
(11-)LEFG25-S 0.56 0.67 0.78 0.89 1.00 1.11 1.22 1.33 1.44 1.55 1.66 1.77 — — — — — — — —
(11-)LEFG32-S 0.92 1.08 1.23 1.4 1.56 1.72 1.88 2.04 2.20 2.36 2.52 2.88 2.84 3.00 3.16 3.22 — — — —
(11-)LEFG40-S — — 2.07 2.29 2.51 2.72 2.94 3.15 3.37 3.58 3.80 4.01 4.23 4.44 4.66 4.87 5.09 5.30 5.52 5.73
Belt Drive/BT Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC)
LEFB
Stroke
[mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
Model
LEFG16-BT — — — — — 0.62 — — — 0.86 — 0.98 — 1.1 — 1.22 — 1.34 — 1.46
LEFG25-BT — — — — — 1.25 — — — 1.69 — 1.91 — 2.13 — 2.35 — 2.57 — 2.79
LEFG32-BT — — — — — 1.92 — — — 2.56 — 2.88 — 3.20 — 3.52 — 3.84 — 4.16
Stroke
LECA6
Model [mm] 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000
LEFG16-BT — — — — — — — — — —
LEFG25-BT — 3.23 — — 3.89 — — 4.55 — 4.99
LEFG32-BT — 4.80 — — 5.76 — — 6.72 — 7.36
Belt Drive/BS AC Servo Motor
Stroke
[mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
Model
LEFG25-BS — — — — — 1.25 — — — 1.69 — 1.91 — 2.13 — 2.35 — 2.57 — 2.79
LEFG32-BS — — — — — 1.72 — 2.04 — 2.36 — 2.68 — 3.00 — 3.32 — 3.64 — 3.96
LEFG40-BS — — — — — 2.72 — 3.15 — 3.58 — 4.01 — 4.44 — 4.87 — 5.30 — 5.73
Stroke
Model [mm] 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2500 3000
LEFG25-BS 3.01 3.23 3.45 3.67 3.89 4.11 4.33 4.55 4.77 4.99 — —
LEFG32-BS 4.28 4.60 4.92 5.24 5.56 5.88 6.20 6.52 6.84 7.16 8.76 —
LEFG40-BS 6.16 6.59 7.02 7.45 7.88 8.31 8.74 9.17 9.60 10.03 12.18 14.33
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
LEFG LECS□ LEFB
Specific Product
Precautions
172
Series (11-)LEFG
Dimensions: LEFG16
Ball screw drive/(11-)LEFG16-S
(72)
40
ø3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
4 x M4 x 0.7 24
thread depth 6.4 depth 3
39.4
28
3.5
3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
depth 3
L
40 7 (37) A (Table traveling distance) 36 7
27 11-LEFG
40
33
(40)
21.7
20
n x ø3.5 Vacuum port

M5 x 0.8 x 5
34
100
D x 100 (= E) F
B
Dimensions (mm)
Model L A B n D E F
(11-)LEFG16-S-50 144 57 130 15
(11-)LEFG16-S-100 194 107 180 4 — —
(11-)LEFG16-S-150 244 157 230
(11-)LEFG16-S-200 294 207 280
6 2 200
(11-)LEFG16-S-250 344 257 330
(11-)LEFG16-S-300 394 307 380
8 3 300
40
(11-)LEFG16-S-350 444 357 430
(11-)LEFG16-S-400 494 407 480
10 4 400
(11-)LEFG16-S-450 544 457 530
(11-)LEFG16-S-500 594 507 580 12 5 500
Belt drive (Step motor/Servo motor (24 VDC))/LEFG16-BT

(72)
40
ø3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
4 x M4 x 0.7 24
39.4
28
3.5
3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
depth 3
L
27
40
33
(40)
20
n x ø3.5
34
150
D x 150 (= E) 20
B
Dimensions (mm)
Model L A B n D E
LEFG16-BT-300 449 307 435 6 2 300
LEFG16-BT-500 649 507 635
10 4 600
LEFG16-BT-600 749 607 735
LEFG16-BT-700 849 707 835 12 5 750
LEFG16-BT-800 949 807 935
14 6 900
LEFG16-BT-900 1049 907 1035
LEFG16-BT-1000 1149 1007 1135 16 7 1050
173
Selection
Model
Dimensions: LEFG25

(102)
64
ø3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
LEFS
4 x M5 x 0.8
45
38
50
3.5
3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
depth 3
L
LEFB
38 11-LEFG
38.5
48
(48)
26
24
n x ø4.5
LECA6
Vacuum port
Rc1/8
48
120
D x 120 (= E) F
B
Dimensions (mm) Dimensions (mm)

Model L A B n D E F Model L A B n D E F
(11-)LEFG25-S-50 180 57 160 20 (11-)LEFG25-S-450 580 457 560
10 4 480
(11-)LEFG25-S-100 230 107 210 4 — — (11-)LEFG25-S-500 630 507 610
35
(11-)LEFG25-S-150 280 157 260 (11-)LEFG25-S-550 680 557 660
12 5 600
(11-)LEFG25-S-200 330 207 310
6 2 240
(11-)LEFG25-S-600 730 607 710
(11-)LEFG25-S-250 380 257 360 35
(11-)LEFG25-S-300 430 307 410
(11-)LEFG25-S-350 480 357 460 8 3 360
(11-)LEFG25-S-400 530 407 510

(102)
64
ø3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
4 x M5 x 0.8
45
LEFS
38
50
3.5
AC Servo Motor
3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
depth 3
L
38
LEFB
38.5
48
(48)
24
n x ø4.5
LEFG LECS□
48
170
D x 170 (= E) 25
B

Model L A B n D E Model L A B n D E
LEFG25-BT-300 487 307 467 6 2 340 LEFG25-BT-1200 1387 1207 1367 16 7 1190
LEFG25-BT-500 687 507 667 8 3 510 LEFG25-BT-1500 1687 1507 1667 20 9 1530
Specific Product
Precautions
LEFG25-BT-600 787 607 767

10 4 680
LEFG25-BT-1800 1987 1807 1967 24 11 1870
LEFG25-BT-700 887 707 867 LEFG25-BT-2000 2187 2007 2167 26 12 2040
LEFG25-BT-800 987 807 967 12 5 850
LEFG25-BT-900 1087 907 1067
14 6 1020
LEFG25-BT-1000 1187 1007 1167
174
Series (11-)LEFG
Dimensions: LEFG25
Belt drive (AC servo motor)/LEFG25-BS
(102)
64
ø3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
4 x M5 x 0.8
45
38
50
3.5
3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
depth 3
L
38
38.5
48
(48)
24
n x ø4.5
48
170
D x 170 (= E) 25
B
Dimensions (mm)
Model L A B n D E
LEFG25-BS-300 487 307 467 6 2 340
LEFG25-BS-400 587 407 567
8 3 510
LEFG25-BS-500 687 507 667
LEFG25-BS-600 787 607 767
10 4 680
LEFG25-BS-700 887 707 867
LEFG25-BS-800 987 807 967 12 5 850
LEFG25-BS-900 1087 907 1067
14 6 1020
LEFG25-BS-1000 1187 1007 1167
LEFG25-BS-1100 1287 1107 1267
16 7 1190
LEFG25-BS-1200 1387 1207 1367
LEFG25-BS-1300 1487 1307 1467 18 8 1360
LEFG25-BS-1400 1587 1407 1567
20 9 1530
LEFG25-BS-1500 1687 1507 1667
LEFG25-BS-1600 1787 1607 1767
22 10 1700
LEFG25-BS-1700 1887 1707 1867
LEFG25-BS-1800 1987 1807 1967
24 11 1870
LEFG25-BS-1900 2087 1907 2067
LEFG25-BS-2000 2187 2007 2167 26 12 2040
175
Selection
Model
Dimensions: LEFG32
Ball screw drive/(11-)LEFG32-S (122)

70
ø5H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
4 x M6 x 1
42
LEFS
44
60
5.5
5H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
depth 5
L
LEFB
48 11-LEFG
46.8
60
(60)
32
30
n x ø5.5 Vacuum port
LECA6
Rc1/8
60
150
D x 150 (= E) 15
B

(11-)LEFG32-S-50 200 57 180 (11-)LEFG32-S-500 650 507 630
(11-)LEFG32-S-100 250 107 230 4 — — (11-)LEFG32-S-550 700 557 680 10 4 600
(11-)LEFG32-S-150 300 157 280 (11-)LEFG32-S-600 750 607 730
(11-)LEFG32-S-200 350 207 330 (11-)LEFG32-S-650 800 657 780
(11-)LEFG32-S-250 400 257 380 6 2 300 (11-)LEFG32-S-700 850 707 830 12 5 750
(11-)LEFG32-S-300 450 307 430 (11-)LEFG32-S-750 900 757 880
(11-)LEFG32-S-350 500 357 480 (11-)LEFG32-S-800 950 807 930 14 6 900
(11-)LEFG32-S-400 550 407 530 8 3 450
(11-)LEFG32-S-450 600 457 580
* When a support guide is used for the LEFS32RL lll (Motor parallel type), order a table spacer separately since the table height differs.
Table spacer part number: LEF-TS32 (For details, refer to page 177.)

(122)
70
ø5H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
4 x M6 x 1
42
LEFS
44
60
5.5
5H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
AC Servo Motor
L depth 5
48
46.8
60
LEFB
(60)
30
n x ø5.5
60
LEFG LECS□
200
D x 200 (= E) 25
B

LEFG32-BT-300 509 307 489 6 2 400 LEFG32-BT-1200 1409 1207 1389 14 6 1200
LEFG32-BT-500 709 507 689
8 3 600
LEFG32-BT-1500 1709 1507 1689 18 8 1600
LEFG32-BT-600 809 607 789 LEFG32-BT-1800 2009 1807 1989 20 9 1800
LEFG32-BT-700 909 707 889
10 4 800
LEFG32-BT-2000 2209 2007 2189 22 10 2000
Specific Product
LEFG32-BT-800 1009 807 989

Precautions
LEFG32-BT-900 1109 907 1089

12 5 1000
LEFG32-BT-1000 1209 1007 1189
* When a support guide is used for the LEFS32RL lll (Motor parallel type), order a table spacer separately since the table height differs.
Table spacer part number: LEF-TS32 (For details, refer to page 177.)
176
Series (11-)LEFG
Dimensions: LEFG32
Belt drive (AC servo motor)/LEFG32-BS
(122)
70
ø5H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
4 x M6 x 1
42
44
60
5.5
5H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
depth 5
L
48
46.8
60
(60)
30
n x ø5.5
60
200
D x 200 (= E) 15
B
Dimensions (mm)
Model L A B n D E
LEFG32-BS-300 450 307 430
6 2 400
LEFG32-BS-400 550 407 530
LEFG32-BS-500 650 507 630
8 3 600
LEFG32-BS-600 750 607 730
LEFG32-BS-700 850 707 830
10 4 800
LEFG32-BS-800 950 807 930
LEFG32-BS-900 1050 907 1030
12 5 1000
LEFG32-BS-1000 1150 1007 1130
LEFG32-BS-1100 1250 1107 1230
14 6 1200
LEFG32-BS-1200 1350 1207 1330
LEFG32-BS-1300 1450 1307 1430
16 7 1400
LEFG32-BS-1400 1550 1407 1530
LEFG32-BS-1500 1650 1507 1630
18 8 1600
LEFG32-BS-1600 1750 1607 1730
LEFG32-BS-1700 1850 1707 1830
20 9 1800
LEFG32-BS-1800 1950 1807 1930
LEFG32-BS-1900 2050 1907 2030 * When a support guide is used for the LEFS32RL lll (Motor parallel
22 10 2000
LEFG32-BS-2000 2150 2007 2130 type), order a table spacer separately since the table height differs.
LEFG32-BS-2500 2650 2507 2630 28 13 2600
Table spacer part number

70
LEF-TS32 ø 6.4 3
42 14
4x
7
44
58
177
Selection
Model
Dimensions: LEFG40

(170)
ø6H9 ( 0 )
106 +0.030
4 x M8 x 1.25
LEFS
thread depth 13 60 depth 7
58
74
6H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
7
L depth 7
LEFB
61 11-LEFG
68
53.8
(68)
33.5
31
Vacuum port
LECA6
n x ø6.6 Rc1/8
76
150
D x 150 (= E) 60
B

(11-)LEFG40-S-150 354 157 328 4 — 150 (11-)LEFG40-S-650 854 657 828
(11-)LEFG40-S-200 404 207 378 (11-)LEFG40-S-700 904 707 878 12 5 750
(11-)LEFG40-S-250 454 257 428 6 2 300 (11-)LEFG40-S-750 954 757 928
(11-)LEFG40-S-300 504 307 478 (11-)LEFG40-S-800 1004 807 978
(11-)LEFG40-S-350 554 357 528 (11-)LEFG40-S-850 1054 857 1028 14 6 900
(11-)LEFG40-S-400 604 407 578 8 3 450 (11-)LEFG40-S-900 1104 907 1078
(11-)LEFG40-S-450 654 457 628 (11-)LEFG40-S-950 1154 957 1128
16 7 1050
(11-)LEFG40-S-500 704 507 678 (11-)LEFG40-S-1000 1204 1007 1178
(11-)LEFG40-S-550 754 557 728 10 4 600
(11-)LEFG40-S-600 804 607 778
Belt drive (AC servo motor)/LEFG40-BS (170)

ø6H9 ( 0 )
106 +0.030
4 x ø8 x 1.25
thread depth 13 60 depth 7
58
74
LEFS
6H9 ( 0 )
+0.030
7
L depth 7
AC Servo Motor
61
68
53.8
(68)
LEFB
31
n x ø6.6
76
LEFG LECS□
200
D x 200 (= E) 60
B

LEFG40-BS-300 504 307 478
6 2 400
LEFG40-BS-1300 1504 1307 1478
16 7 1400
LEFG40-BS-400 604 407 578 LEFG40-BS-1400 1604 1407 1578
LEFG40-BS-500 704 507 678
8 3 600
LEFG40-BS-1500 1704 1507 1678
18 8 1600
LEFG40-BS-600 804 607 778 LEFG40-BS-1600 1804 1607 1778
LEFG40-BS-700 904 707 878 LEFG40-BS-1700 1904 1707 1878
Specific Product
10 4 800 20 9 1800
Precautions
LEFG40-BS-800 1004 807 978 LEFG40-BS-1800 2004 1807 1978

LEFG40-BS-900 1104 907 1078
12 5 1000
LEFG40-BS-1900 2104 1907 2078
22 10 2000
LEFG40-BS-1000 1204 1007 1178 LEFG40-BS-2000 2204 2007 2178
LEFG40-BS-1100 1304 1107 1278
14 6 1200
LEFG40-BS-2500 2704 2507 2678 28 13 2600
LEFG40-BS-1200 1404 1207 1378 LEFG40-BS-3000 3204 3007 3178 32 15 3000
178
Revision history
Edition C ∗ Addition of size 40
∗ Addition of programless controller, LECP1 series
∗ Addition of standard cable to actuator cable type
∗ Addition of AC servo motor (100/200/400 W) type
∗ Addition of AC servo motor driver, LECSA/LECSB series
∗ Number of pages from 44 to 80 PY
Edition D ∗ Addition of AC servo motor belt drive type, LEFB series
∗ Addition of clean room specification ball screw drive type, 11-LEFS series
∗ Addition of step motor driver, LECPA series
∗ Addition of gateway unit, LEC-G series
∗ Addition of AC servo motor driver, LECSC/LECSS series
∗ Addition of UL-compliant products
∗ Change of controller setting kit, LEC-W2 series
∗ Number of pages from 80 to 148 RP
Edition E ∗ Expansion of stroke variations
∗ Addition of motor parallel type
∗ Addition of CC-Link direct input type, LECPMJ
∗ Addition of screw leads
∗ Addition of support guide
∗ Change of actuator specifications according to the controller/driver type
∗ Change of the Speed–Work load graphs according to the controller/driver type
∗ Addition of lost motion
∗ Change of the positioning repeatability of the LEFB
∗ Number of pages from 148 to 184 SR
These safety instructions are intended to prevent hazardous situations and/or
Safety Instructions equipment damage. These instructions indicate the level of potential hazard with
the labels of “Caution,” “Warning” or “Danger.” They are all important notes for
safety and must be followed in addition to International Standards (ISO/IEC)∗1),
and other safety regulations.
∗1) ISO 4414: Pneumatic fluid power – General rules relating to systems.
Caution indicates a hazard with a low level of risk ISO 4413: Hydraulic fluid power – General rules relating to systems.
Caution: which, if not avoided, could result in minor or IEC 60204-1: Safety of machinery – Electrical equipment of machines.
moderate injury.
(Part 1: General requirements)
Warning indicates a hazard with a medium level of ISO 10218-1: Manipulating industrial robots – Safety.
Warning: risk which, if not avoided, could result in death or etc.
serious injury.
Danger indicates a hazard with a high level of risk
Danger : which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious
injury.
Warning Caution
1. The compatibility of the product is the responsibility of the 1. The product is provided for use in manufacturing industries.
person who designs the equipment or decides its specifications. The product herein described is basically provided for peaceful use in
Since the product specified here is used under various operating conditions, its manufacturing industries.
compatibility with specific equipment must be decided by the person who designs If considering using the product in other industries, consult SMC beforehand and
the equipment or decides its specifications based on necessary analysis and test
exchange specifications or a contract if necessary.
results. The expected performance and safety assurance of the equipment will be
If anything is unclear, contact your nearest sales branch.
the responsibility of the person who has determined its compatibility with the
product. This person should also continuously review all specifications of the
product referring to its latest catalog information, with a view to giving due
consideration to any possibility of equipment failure when configuring the Limited warranty and Disclaimer/
equipment.
2. Only personnel with appropriate training should operate
Compliance Requirements
machinery and equipment. The product used is subject to the following “Limited warranty and Disclaimer”
The product specified here may become unsafe if handled incorrectly. The and “Compliance Requirements”.
assembly, operation and maintenance of machines or equipment including our Read and accept them before using the product.
products must be performed by an operator who is appropriately trained and
experienced. Limited warranty and Disclaimer
3. Do not service or attempt to remove product and machinery/
equipment until safety is confirmed. 1. The warranty period of the product is 1 year in service or 1.5 years after
1. The inspection and maintenance of machinery/equipment should only be the product is delivered, whichever is first.∗2)
performed after measures to prevent falling or runaway of the driven objects Also, the product may have specified durability, running distance or
have been confirmed. replacement parts. Please consult your nearest sales branch.
2. When the product is to be removed, confirm that the safety measures as
mentioned above are implemented and the power from any appropriate source 2. For any failure or damage reported within the warranty period which is clearly our
is cut, and read and understand the specific product precautions of all relevant responsibility, a replacement product or necessary parts will be provided.
products carefully. This limited warranty applies only to our product independently, and not to any
3. Before machinery/equipment is restarted, take measures to prevent other damage incurred due to the failure of the product.
unexpected operation and malfunction.
4. Contact SMC beforehand and take special consideration of safety 3. Prior to using SMC products, please read and understand the warranty terms
measures if the product is to be used in any of the following and disclaimers noted in the specified catalog for the particular products.
conditions. ∗2) Vacuum pads are excluded from this 1 year warranty.
1. Conditions and environments outside of the given specifications, or use A vacuum pad is a consumable part, so it is warranted for a year after it is delivered.
Also, even within the warranty period, the wear of a product due to the use of the vacuum pad
outdoors or in a place exposed to direct sunlight.
or failure due to the deterioration of rubber material are not covered by the limited warranty.
2. Installation on equipment in conjunction with atomic energy, railways, air
navigation, space, shipping, vehicles, military, medical treatment, combustion
and recreation, or equipment in contact with food and beverages, emergency Compliance Requirements
stop circuits, clutch and brake circuits in press applications, safety equipment
or other applications unsuitable for the standard specifications described in the 1. The use of SMC products with production equipment for the manufacture of
product catalog. weapons of mass destruction (WMD) or any other weapon is strictly prohibited.
3. An application which could have negative effects on people, property, or
animals requiring special safety analysis. 2. The exports of SMC products or technology from one country to another are
4. Use in an interlock circuit, which requires the provision of double interlock for governed by the relevant security laws and regulations of the countries involved
possible failure by using a mechanical protective function, and periodical in the transaction. Prior to the shipment of a SMC product to another country,
checks to confirm proper operation. assure that all local rules governing that export are known and followed.
Safety Instructions Be sure to read “Handling Precautions for SMC Products” (M-E03-3) before using.

Xy Lanh Dien Loai Truot SMC LEFS Series 29012018105735

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Xy Lanh Dien Loai Truot SMC LEFS Series 29012018105735

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Xy Lanh Dien Loai Truot SMC LEFS Series 29012018105735

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Electric Actuator ®

Slider Type Stroke variations expanded Motor parallel type RoHS

Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC) Type

Ball Screw Drive Series LEFS Size: 16, 25, 32, 40

Max. work load: 60 kg Max. speed: 1200 mm/s

Belt Drive Series LEFB Size: 16, 25, 32

AC Servo Motor Type

Ball Screw Drive Series LEFS Size: 25, 32, 40

Improved high speed transfer ability Max. speed: mm/s 1500

Pulse input type Clean room specification

Belt Drive Series LEFB Size: 25, 32, 40

Max. speed: 2000 mm/s

Motor bottom mounting type

Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Controller/Driver AC Servo Motor Driver

Pulse input type

Covers the guide, ball screw and belt.

Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC)

Max. speed [mm/s]*

Left side parallel

Size Height (mm)

Compatible motors Step motor

Ideal for transfer of high load at a

Stable at a high speed and silent

Max. speed [mm/s]

High output motor (100/200/400 W) AC servo motor

Improved high speed transfer ability

Belt Drive/Series LEFB Size: 25, 32, 40

Max. stroke: 3000 mm

Motor bottom mounting type

Clean room specification Support Guide/Series LEFG

Caution Support guide

Va c u u m s u c t i o n After installing the actuator on

Belt Drive/Series LEFB

Servo motor 16 48 300, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000

Pick and place Vertical transfer

Work load: Horizontal (kg)*3 Speed (mm/s)

*1 The size corresponds to the bore of the air cylinder with

Simple Setting to Use Straight Away

Setting of jog Move for the

Teaching box screen Step Axis 1 Step Axis 1

<When a TB (teaching box) is used> Menu Axis 1

Camera The workpiece with a

The step data

 3 types of data import modes

Function that can be executed in each mode

Applicable Fieldbus protocols:

Two methods of operation

24 VDC Compatible controllers

Compatible electric actuators

Electric gripper Electric slide table Electric actuator/ Electric actuator/

Electric actuator/ Electric actuator/ Electric actuator/

Pulse Input Type Series LECPA

 Return-to-origin command signal

 With force limit function (Pushing force/Gripping force operation available)

Easy Normal Step data

Operation of the specified V

System Construction/General Purpose I/O

Power supply for I/O signal

I/O cable Pages 79, 95

*1 The size corresponds to the bore of the air cylinder with

The * mark: Can be included in the “How to

The * mark: Can be included in the “How to

Fieldbus Power supply

Note 1) Connect the 0 V terminals for both the